cics - ibm tools ; cics performance monitor v1.1 - ibm

www.GetPedia.com

* The Ebook starts from the next page : Enjoy !

http://www.getpedia.com

ibm.com/redbooks

Front cover

IBM Tools:CICS PerformanceMonitor V1.1

Chris RaynsGeorge Bogner

Simon CalthropRob Jones

Ken RayJoe Sewell

Identify and resolve CICS response time problems

Install and customize CICSPlex SM and CICS PM

Overview of the CICSPlex SM Web user interface

http://www.getpedia.com

International Technical Support Organization

IBM Tools: CICS Performance Monitor V1.1

April 2003

SG24-6922-00

© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2003. All rights reserved.Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP ScheduleContract with IBM Corp.

First Edition (April 2003)

This edition applies to Version 1, Release 1, of IBM CICS Performance Monitor for OS/390, Version 1 Release 3 of CICS Transaction Server, and Version 2 Release 2 of CICS Transaction Server.

Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on page ix.

Contents

Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ixTrademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .x

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiThe team that wrote this redbook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiBecome a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiiComments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii

Part 1. Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Chapter 1. CICS online performance overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1 How to approach CICS performance monitoring and tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.2 CICS tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

1.2.1 CICS Performance Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.2.2 CICS Performance Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61.2.3 CICS Performance Analyzer and CICS Performance Monitor benefits . . . . . . . . . 71.2.4 CICS Online Transmission Time Optimizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.2.5 CICS Interdependency Analyzer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.2.6 Other relevant information sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Chapter 2. CICS PM overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112.1 What is CICS PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122.2 CICS PM architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122.3 Minimum CICSPlex SM concepts for CICS PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2.3.1 Basic CICSPlex SM components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132.3.2 CICSPlex SM for CICS PM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

2.4 CICS PM GUI application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152.4.1 Event monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162.4.2 Threshold definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182.4.3 Installed Threshold Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

2.5 CICS PM use of Web user interface view sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212.6 The CICS PM server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222.7 System requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

2.7.1 Server software prereqs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222.7.2 Workstation prereqs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

2.8 Post SMP/E install and configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Chapter 3. CICSPlex SM installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253.1 Overview of the installation of CICSPlex SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

3.1.1 Planning your installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273.2 MVS environment setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293.3 Build the system components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

3.3.1 CICSPlex SM data sets and initialization job CMZDEFDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293.3.2 Create the CICSPlex SM CSD definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

3.4 Coordinating address space (CAS) creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333.4.1 Editing sample CAS procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333.4.2 Starting the CAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

3.5 CICSPlex SM address space (CMAS) creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353.5.1 Create CMAS region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2003. All rights reserved. iii

3.5.2 Editing the sample CMAS procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363.5.3 Creating the CMAS parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383.5.4 CMAS SIT SYSIN parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383.5.5 Start the CMAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

3.6 Create the CICSplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413.6.1 Editing CMZBATCH JCL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413.6.2 Definition statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

3.7 CICSPlex SM Web User Interface (WUI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463.7.1 Create Web user interface region data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463.7.2 Editing the sample Web user interface procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463.7.3 Code page conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483.7.4 Language support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.7.5 CICS initialization parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503.7.6 CICSPlex SM initialization parameters for the Web user interface . . . . . . . . . . . . 513.7.7 Server initialization parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523.7.8 Starting the Web user interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

3.8 Creating a Managed Application System (MAS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553.8.1 Adding libraries to your CICS regions’ JCL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553.8.2 CSD definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563.8.3 System initialization parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563.8.4 LMAS parameters and JCL changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563.8.5 Restart the LMAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

3.9 Security implications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583.9.1 Securing CICSPlex SM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583.9.2 PassTicket support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Chapter 4. Customizing an existing CPSM installation to use CICS PM . . . . . . . . . . . 614.1 Upgrade your Web user interface region CSD with the CICS PM resources . . . . . . . . 624.2 Import the CICS PM threshold definitions into your CMAS repository . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634.3 Add CICS PM support to your Web user interface server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644.4 Add PassTicket support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Chapter 5. CICS PM client installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675.1 Reviewing prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685.2 Download the CICS PM workstation client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

5.2.1 FTP download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685.2.2 Terminal emulation download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

5.3 Unload and Install the CICS PM workstation client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695.4 Connect and start working with CICS PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Chapter 6. GUI interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756.1 Workstation client startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766.2 Workstation client components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786.3 CICS PM window navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

6.3.1 Monitor window status area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796.4 Monitoring component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

6.4.1 Event Monitor window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806.5 Threshold definition component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

6.5.1 Threshold definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986.5.2 Threshold definition groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986.5.3 Threshold Definitions window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996.5.4 Installed threshold definition window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

6.6 CMZBase threshold definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

iv IBM Tools: CICS Performance Monitor V1.1

Chapter 7. The CICSPlex SM Web User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1217.1 Using the CICSPlex SM Web user interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

7.1.1 The CICS PM Web user interface main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227.1.2 CICS regions views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267.1.3 View menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

7.2 The CICSPlex SM Web user interface view editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1477.2.1 Creating your own menus and view sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

7.3 CICSPlex SM Web user interface administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1557.3.1 The CICSPlex SM Web user interface transaction COVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1557.3.2 Security considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Part 2. CICS PM in action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Chapter 8. System setup and scenario overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1638.1 CICS region setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

8.1.1 Configuration for traditional workloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1648.1.2 Configuration for Enterprise JavaBean workloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1648.1.3 CICS Web Support and 3270 Bridge setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1658.1.4 CICS Transaction Gateway setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

8.2 Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1678.2.1 CICS VSAM problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688.2.2 Tuning the CICS-DB2 attachment facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688.2.3 CICS ISC problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688.2.4 CICS storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688.2.5 Java applications in CICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Chapter 9. VSAM system problems scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1719.1 VSAM LSR high volume scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

9.1.1 Setting up the thresholds for the VSAM LSR scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1729.1.2 Running the VSAM LSR scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

9.2 VSAM Enqueues problem scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1879.3 VSAM RLS problem scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

9.3.1 Setting up the thresholds for the VSAM RLS scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1949.3.2 Running the VSAM RLS scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

9.4 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Chapter 10. DB2 system problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20910.1 CICS and DB2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

10.1.1 Overview of the CICS DB2 attachment facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21010.2 CICS DB2 attachment tuning overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

10.2.1 CICS PM monitoring of the CICS DB2 attachment facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21510.3 CICS PM DB2 thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

10.3.1 DB2 connection thresholds and alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21610.3.2 DB2 Entries thresholds and alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21810.3.3 DB2 Trans thresholds and alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22010.3.4 DB2 Threads thresholds and alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22110.3.5 DB2 subsys thresholds and alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22310.3.6 XTASK thresholds and alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

10.4 CICS PM DB2 threshold monitoring scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22610.4.1 Scenario: DB2 connection drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22710.4.2 Scenario: DB2 transaction workload using dedicated entry threads. . . . . . . . . 23610.4.3 Scenario: DB2 transaction workload using pool threads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24110.4.4 Scenario: DB2 transaction workload lockout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25010.4.5 Scenario: DB2 transaction workload entry vs. pool threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Contents v

10.4.6 CICS PA threshold monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27010.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

Chapter 11. Storage scenario in CICS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27311.1 The CICS dynamic storage areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

11.1.1 CICS subpools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27511.1.2 Monitoring CICS dynamic storage areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

11.2 Scenario one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27911.3 Scenario two description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

11.3.1 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Chapter 12. Java scenario in CICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30112.1 CICS and Java . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

12.1.1 Java language programs in CICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30212.1.2 Stateless CORBA objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30212.1.3 Enterprise JavaBeans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

12.2 Monitoring JVM performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30312.2.1 JVM-related Threshold Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30312.2.2 Threshold values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30312.2.3 Threshold groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30412.2.4 Threshold group JVM_reset_NO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30412.2.5 Threshold group JVM_reset_YES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30612.2.6 Installing the threshold definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

12.3 JCICS workload scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30812.3.1 Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30812.3.2 Monitoring AOR with Xresettable=NO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31012.3.3 Monitoring AOR with Xresettable=YES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

12.4 EJB workload scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31512.4.1 Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31612.4.2 Monitoring the AORs for EJBs with Xresettable=YES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32012.4.3 Resettable events and JVM pool phaseout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

12.5 Monitoring an IIOP Listener TCPIPSERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32612.5.1 TCP/IP-related thresholds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32612.5.2 IIOP Listener scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32712.5.3 TCPIPSERVICE status scenario. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32712.5.4 MAXSOCKETS condition scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

12.6 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Chapter 13. ISC scenario in CICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33313.1 Overview of the scenario. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

13.1.1 Creating a threshold group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33413.1.2 Add thresholds to group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33513.1.3 The Attribute field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33813.1.4 Operator, Eval Data fields and event severity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33913.1.5 Save and install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33913.1.6 Setting up other thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

13.2 Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34113.2.1 Dealing with the first problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34113.2.2 Our next problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

13.3 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Other resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

vi IBM Tools: CICS Performance Monitor V1.1

How to get IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349IBM Redbooks collections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Contents vii

viii IBM Tools: CICS Performance Monitor V1.1

Notices

This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.

IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to: IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A.

The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice.

Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.

IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.

Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.

This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products. All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental.

COPYRIGHT LICENSE: This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrates programming techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM for the purposes of developing, using, marketing, or distributing application programs conforming to IBM's application programming interfaces.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2003. All rights reserved. ix

TrademarksThe following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both:

CICS Connection®CICS®CICSPlex®

™^™IBM.COM™IBM®IMS™

MVS™MVS/ESA™OS/2®OS/390®Parallel Sysplex®RACF®Redbooks(logo)™Redbooks™

RMF™S/390®System/390®Tivoli®VTAM®WebSphere®z/OS™

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

ActionMedia, LANDesk, MMX, Pentium and ProShare are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.

Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.

Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both.

C-bus is a trademark of Corollary, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both.

UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.

SET, SET Secure Electronic Transaction, and the SET Logo are trademarks owned by SET Secure Electronic Transaction LLC.

Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.

x IBM Tools: CICS Performance Monitor V1.1

Preface

This IBM® Redbook is primarily intended for CICS® Transaction Server V1.3 and V2.2 customers who plan to implement IBM CICS Performance Monitor. CICS PM is an online monitoring tool that provides real-time performance management, monitoring, and troubleshooting solutions for CICS TS. It enables you to detect performance problems early, identify causes, and change system and resource parameters to avoid problems.

The book starts with an overview of CICS-provided tools and utilities that help you gather and analyze performance data. We then introduce the CICS Performance Monitor, provide installation details, and look at the various interfaces: the GUI, followed by the WUI. Also detailed here is the installation procedure for CICSPlex® SM.

The second part of the book reviews a number of scenarios in which you would use this product to help diagnose a system problem. The scenarios cover the major CICS components and interfaces:

� CICS-VSAM � CICS-DB2 � CICS-Java � CICS Storage � CICS ISC

The team that wrote this redbookThis redbook was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the International Technical Support Organization, Poughkeepsie Center.

Chris Rayns is the Security project leader. He is an IT Specialist at the International Technical Support Organization, Poughkeepsie Center. He writes extensively on all areas of S/390® Security. Before joining the ITSO, Chris worked in IBM Global Services in the UK as a CICS IT Specialist.

Simon Calthrop is a CICS consultant in SSO/DS/IGS based in Leeds, UK. He has 16 years of experience in CICS, IMS™, and MVS™ systems programming in six different countries. He holds a degree in Psychology from Leicester University. His areas of expertise include various OEM CICS monitoring products, and CICS and MVS performance tuning.

George Bogner is a CICS IT Specialist working in IBM Global Services SDC South Region in the United States. George has worked at IBM for 19 years, specializing in the DB/DC area working with IMS, DB2, and CICS. He has worked in Raleigh, North Carolina for the past eight years supporting CICS and its subproducts on external outsourcing accounts.

Ken Ray is a CICS IT Specialist in the SSO/DS/IGA based in North Harbour, UK. He has over 15 years of experience with CICS at various companies.

Rob Jones is a Software Engineer working for IBM at the Hursley software development laboratory in the United Kingdom. He has seven years of experience in the CICS/390 Service team and has recently joined the CICS Transaction Gateway team. He holds a degree in Computer Science and Mathematics from Durham University. His areas of expertise include CICS Data Communications, CICS Web Services, JVMs under CICS, JCICS, CICS EJBs.

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2003. All rights reserved. xi

Joe Sewell is a Advisory IT Specialist working with the IGS Americas Migration Team in the Unites States. He has 35 years of experience in the mainframe data processing field. His areas of expertise include MVS, CICS, and Tivoli® Decision Support for OS/390® .

Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project:

Eugene DeborinInternational Technical Support Organization, Poughkeepsie Center

Robert HaimowitzInternational Technical Support Organization, Poughkeepsie Center

Richard M ConwayInternational Technical Support Organization, Poughkeepsie Center

Grant ShaylerIBM Hursley

Peter B SiddellIBM Hursley

Norbert VerbestelIBM Belgium

Dave RushalllIBM Hursley

Peter KleinIBM Germany

Peter SiddellIBM Hursley

Become a published authorJoin us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write an IBM Redbook dealing with specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with leading-edge technologies. You'll team with IBM technical professionals, Business Partners and/or customers.

Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction. As a bonus, you'll develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and increase your productivity and marketability.

Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and apply online at:

ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html

Comments welcomeYour comments are important to us!

We want our Redbooks™ to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about this or other Redbooks in one of the following ways:

� Use the online Contact us review redbook form found at:

xii IBM Tools: CICS Performance Monitor V1.1

http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/residencies.html

http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/residencies.html

ibm.com/redbooks

� Send your comments in an Internet note to:

[email protected]

� Mail your comments to:

IBM Corporation, International Technical Support OrganizationDept. HYJ Mail Station P0992455 South RoadPoughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400

Preface xiii

http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/

http://www.ibm.com/redbooks/


http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/contacts.html

xiv IBM Tools: CICS Performance Monitor V1.1

Part 1 Product overview

In this part we offer an overview of CICS online performance. We introduce CICS Performance Monitor, a component of the IBM CICS tools family. We cover CICSPlex SM installation, and how to customize an existing CPSM installation to use CICS PM. There is a chapter on CICS PM Client installation, and we then examine the GUI CICS PM interface and the CPSM Web User Interface.

Part 1

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2003. All rights reserved. 1

2 IBM Tools: CICS Performance Monitor V1.1

Chapter 1. CICS online performance overview

In this chapter, we discuss the basics of the CICS performance monitoring and tuning methodology. We introduce the new CICS performance tools that help you analyze and improve the performance of your CICS systems: CICS Performance Analyzer and CICS Performance Monitor. We also mention other CICS tools: CICS Online Transmission Time Optimizer and CICS Interdependency Analyzer. We describe the tools that CICS itself provides to help you gather data that serves as input to CICS Performance Analyzer. In addition, we describe CICS statistics processing and monitoring utilities that you may find useful to use in conjunction with CICS Performance Analyzer.

1


1.1 How to approach CICS performance monitoring and tuningCICS performance management is the process of continuously monitoring, analyzing, and improving the behavior of your system in such a way that the service levels you are committed to are met. Good performance is the achievement of the agreed service levels. It means that system throughput, system availability, and response times meet users’ expectations, using resources within the budget.

There are several basic steps in tuning a system, some of which may be iterative. These are:

1. Set up performance objectives.

Performance objectives often consist of a list of transactions and expected response times for each. Ideally, through them, good performance can be easily recognized. They must therefore be:

– Practically measurable

– Based on a realistic workload

– Within the budget

The performance objectives must be agreed and regularly reviewed with the users.

2. Decide on measurement criteria.

Performance objectives may be defined in the following terms:

– Desired or acceptable response times within which, for example, 80% of all responses fall

– Average or peak number of transactions through the system

– System availability, including mean time to failure and downtime after failure

3. Gather the performance data of your production system.

CICS provides a variety of tools that help you gather performance data for online monitoring or statistical analysis.

4. Analyze this performance data.

Use the online performance monitoring and the offline performance reporting tools and apply the methodology described in Part 3 of CICS Performance Guide, SC34-6009.

5. Adjust the system as necessary.

6. Continue to monitor the performance of the system and anticipate future constraints.

1.2 CICS toolsCICS customers have, for a long time, been using a variety of tools developed by Independent Software Vendors (ISVs). In recent years, IBM has received much input from these customers regarding the pressure of rising costs of the ISV software and the currency of support of new CICS TS e-business functions. They wish to exploit the new functionality as soon as it is made available for CICS TS. Answering the customer demand, IBM developed a CICS Tools Offering portfolio, part of the broader z/Series Tools Offerings portfolio. The CICS Tools available at the time of writing were:

� CICS Performance Analyzer

� CICS Performance Monitor

� CICS Online Transmission Time Optimizer

� CICS Interdependency Analyzer


Let us, first, have a look at the first two products that have to do with CICS performance monitoring and analysis.

1.2.1 CICS Performance AnalyzerCICS Performance Analyzer (CICS PA) is a reporting tool that provides information about the performance of your CICS systems and applications and helps you tune, manage, and plan your CICS systems in an efficient way. It is a batch reporting tool that provides reports and extracts the data normally collected by your system in System Management Facility (SMF) data sets:

� CICS Monitoring Facility (CMF) performance and exception records 110

� DB2 Accounting records 101

� System Logger records 88

CICS PA is designed to complement the CICS-supplied utilities and sample programs, such as DFH$MOLS, DFHSTUP, and DFH0STAT. CICS PA can help the following:

� System programmers to track overall CICS performance and evaluate the results of their system tuning efforts

� Application programmers to analyze the performance of their applications and the resources they use

� Database administrators to analyze the usage and performance of database systems such as IMS and DB2

� Managers to ensure that their Service Level agreement objectives are met, and measure trends to help plan future requirements

CICS PA reports all aspects of CICS system activity and resource usage, including:

� Transaction response time

� CICS system resource usage

� Cross-system performance, including multiregion operation (MRO) and advanced program-to-program communication (APPC)

� Business Transaction Services (BTS)

� CICS Web Support (CWS)

� External subsystems, including DB2 and IMS

� System Logger performance

� Exception events that cause performance degradation

CICS PA provides both an ISPF dialog and a command interface. You can use either to request your reports and extracts.

To support the new CICS TS monitoring features (CMF Transaction Resource Class data for File usage and Application Name Group DFHAPPL), make sure that the relevant PTFs listed in Table 1-1 are applied.

Table 1-1 PTFs required for CMF Transaction Resource Class data and Application naming

Product APAR PTF

CICS PA V1.2 PQ63527 UQ68731

Chapter 1. CICS online performance overview 5

1.2.2 CICS Performance MonitorCICS Performance Monitor (CICS PM) is an online monitoring tool that provides real-time performance management, monitoring, and troubleshooting solutions for CICS TS. It enables you to detect performance problems early, identify causes, and change system and resource parameters to avoid problems. CICS PM uses the CICSPlex SM Web User Interface (WUI) server component of CICS TS.

CICS PM complements CICS PA for online analysis. The product is based on a standard API and built on facilities of CICSPlex System Manager (CICSPlex SM), which is an integral part of CICS TS. The underlying CICSPlex PM infrastructure is transparent to the CICS PM end user, so no knowledge of CICSPlex SM is needed to operate CICS PM.

CICS PM consists of two components:

� CICS PM workstation client

This component is downloaded to a Windows workstation and provides a graphical user interface (GUI) displaying data provided by a supporting application of CICS PM installed in CICS TS. The client GUI consists of two components:

– The definitional component, which allows the user to create and maintain threshold definitions.

– The monitoring component, which provides the ability to monitor the status of multiple CICS regions. When a threshold is triggered, an event is created. Information about multiple events is aggregated into an event view for rapid problem identification. Navigation to the CICS PM view sets facilitates problem resolution by providing more detailed information.

� CICS PM server

This component provides a comprehensive series of view sets specifically tailored for performance analysis and problem determination. These view sets provide real-time access to all CICS systems and resource-related performance data, as well as access to all the task level performance data collected by CMF.

The CICS system level view sets include:

– CICS region– CICS storage (DSA and subpool usage)– Transaction manager– CICS dispatcher– Loader– Temporary storage– Transient data– DB2 connection– Recovery manager, including UOW analysis– Enqueue pools– JVM pool

CICS TS V2.2 PQ63143 UQ68396,UQ68398,UQ68400

CICS TS V1.3 PQ63141 UQ70905,UQ70908,UQ70913

Product APAR PTF


– Global and task related user exits

The view sets provide access to all resources defined to the CICS systems, including:

– Transactions– Transaction classes– Programs– Files, data tables, and local shared resource (LSR) pools– Connections– Logstreams– Journals– Temporary storage queues– Transient data queues– Terminals– DB2 entries– System and transaction dumps– Enterprise Java resources

Other view sets are provided, giving access to the performance information about all the active tasks in the CICS systems.

1.2.3 CICS Performance Analyzer and CICS Performance Monitor benefitsIn this section, we summarize benefits provided by both CICS performance tools.

The major benefits provided by CICS PA are:

� Ease of use (no additional setup or customization required)

� Flexibility with instant access to easily customizable performance reports

� Detailed tabular or graph reports on all aspects of CICS systems activity and resource usage

� CICS PA can help:

– Analyze CICS application performance

– Improve CICS resource usage

– Evaluate the effects of CICS system tuning efforts

– Improve transaction response time

– Provide ongoing system management and measurement reports

– Increase availability of resources

– Increase the productivity of system and application programmers

– Provide awareness of usage trends, assisting with future growth estimates

The major benefits provided by CICS PM are:

� Improves CICS systems availability

� Helps reduce system management costs

� Enables early detection of performance problems

� Enables changes to key system and resource parameters

� Provides an easy-to-use comprehensive interface for exception management

� Is built on standard APIs and proven CICS TS system management technologies

� Provides ease of installation and setup


The two products, CICS PA and CICS PM, complement each other. Table 1-2 provides a functional comparison.

Table 1-2 CICS PA and CICS PM comparison

1.2.4 CICS Online Transmission Time OptimizerCICS Online Transmission Time Optimizer for z/OS™ (CICS OTTO) is a runtime tool that optimizes:

� Data streams directed to 3270-type display stations and/or printers

� Data streams directed to SCS-type printers

� Data streams directed to banking terminals 3600/4700

The supported CICS releases are:

� CICS Transaction Server for z/OS, Version 2.1 and 2.2

� CICS Transaction Server for OS/390, Version 1

� CICS for MVS/ESA™, Version 4.1

1.2.5 CICS Interdependency AnalyzerCICS Interdependency Analyzer for z/OS and OS/390 (CICS IA) is a runtime tool that performs the following functions:

� Analyzes resource interdependencies, such as:

– What a CICS region has in it

– What resources a transaction needs to run

– Which programs use which resources

– What resources are no longer used

� Writes report data to a DB2 database

The supported CICS releases are:

� CICS Transaction Server for z/OS, Version 2.1 and 2.2

� CICS Transaction Server for OS/390, Version 1

� CICS for MVS/ESA, Version 4.1

– When the buffer is full

Function CICS PA CICS PM

Invocation Offline Online

Mode Passive Active

Input origin/Output destination 3270/Reports Windows workstation

Output format Tabular/Graphical GUI

Information source SMF CICSPlex SM

History As far as you keep SMF data Recent

Deals with Exceptions Alerts

Additional usage Capacity planning Status monitoring


– When the transaction resource class of monitoring is switched off

– When CICS itself quiesces

When monitoring itself is deactivated or when there is an immediate shutdown of CICS, the transaction resource records are not written to SMF and the data is lost.

� EXEC CICS SET MONITOR STATUS(ON) PERFCLASS(PERF)

This information could be used periodically to calculate the charges applicable to different tasks. If you want to set up algorithms for charging users for resources used by them, you can use this class of data collection to update the charging information in your organization’s accounting programs. (For older versions of CICS, it was not recommended to charge primarily on exact resource usage, because of the overheads involved in getting these figures.)

1.2.6 Other relevant information sources There are other tools for obtaining system performance data relevant to evaluating performance of the CICS system.

System Management FacilitySMF collects and records system and job-related information that you can use in:

� Billing users� Reporting reliability� Analyzing your configuration� Scheduling jobs� Summarizing DASD activity� Evaluating data set activity� Profiling system resource use� Maintaining system security

Resource Management FacilityRMF™ collects system-wide data that describes the processor activity (WAIT time), I/O activity (channel and device usage), main storage activity (demand and swap paging statistics), and system resources manager (SRM) activity (workload).

RMF is a centralized measurement tool that monitors system activity to collect performance and capacity planning data. The analysis of RMF data provides the basis for tuning the system to user requirements. It can also be used to track resource usage.

Generalized Trace FacilityCICS trace entries can be recorded through Generalized Trace Facility (GTF), and reports can be produced with Interactive Problem Control System (IPCS). GTF is an integral part of the z/OS system and traces the following events:

� DASD seek addresses on start I/O instructions� SRM activity� Page faults� I/O activity� Supervisor services

Execution options specify the system events to be traced.

CICS GTF data can be combined with data for other components, for example, the data about use of VTAM® buffers.


GTF is generally used to monitor short periods of system activity. You should run it accordingly. No data reduction programs are provided with GTF. To extract and summarize the data into a meaningful and manageable form, you can either write a data reduction program yourself or use one of the available program offerings.

Tivoli Decision Support for OS/390This product collects and analyzes data from CICS and other IBM systems and products. With Tivoli Decision Support you can build reports that help you manage:

� Service levels

� Availability

� Performance and tuning

� Capacity planning

� Change and problem management

� Accounting

A large number of ready-made reports are available and, in addition, you can generate your own reports to meet specific needs.


Chapter 2. CICS PM overview

This chapter introduces the IBM CICS Performance Monitor at a high level. The following topics are covered:

� What is CICS PM?

� CICS PM architecture

� Minimum CICSPlex SM concepts for CICSPM

� CICS PM GUI application

� CICS PM Web user interface view set

� The CICS PM Server

� System requirements

� Post SMP/E install and configuration

2


2.1 What is CICS PMIBM CICS Performance Monitor (CICS PM) is an on-line monitoring tool capable of providing enterprise-wide performance and operational data for CICS regions that are being managed by CICSPlex SM.

CICS PM provides single system image (SSI) access to all CICS resources, giving a current (and historical) indication of overall status. CICS PM provides a mechanism for notification of predefined events or circumstances, as they occur in real time. These defined events can be scoped to be in effect against all managed CICS regions, subdivided groups of CICS regions, or a single CICS region.

CICS PM also allows administrators to manipulate CICS resources and settings in order to take corrective action against any managed CICS system.

2.2 CICS PM architectureCICS PM is based on the client/server architecture, implemented over a TCP/IP network. User interaction primarily takes place on a workstation via a Java-based Graphical User Interface (GUI) application and Web browser sessions. The CICS PM GUI (or client) and the Workstation Web Browser are used together, both connecting to a CICS PM Server region. Figure 2-1 shows an overview of a simple CICS PM installation.

Figure 2-1 CICS Performance Monitor architecture

In order to implement CICS PM, regions must be grouped into one or more CICSplexes. A CICSplex is any group of CICS regions that are defined to and managed by CICSPlex SM (CPSM). CICSPlex SM is included as part of CICS Transaction Sever for OS/390 1.3, or CICS Transaction Sever for z/OS 2.2.

CICS TS / CICS PM Server Region

CICS PM User

CICS PM requried Address Spaces

CICS TSRegion 1

CICS TSRegion 2

CICS TSRegion 3

CICS TSRegion n

CPSM Co-Ord. Address Space

CICS TS / CICSPlex SM Region

Production CICS Regions

z/OS

ESSS


2.3 Minimum CICSPlex SM concepts for CICS PMCICS PM provides, and works with, a base set of definitions for CICSPlex SM. Therefore, CICSPlex SM must be installed, configured, and running before CICS PM can be used. For CICS Transaction Server installations where CICSPlex SM is not installed, CICS PM comes with a set of jobs and guidelines to bring up a minimal CICSPlex SM, with the CICS PM customizations in place.

2.3.1 Basic CICSPlex SM componentsRunning CICSPlex SM for the purposes of CICS PM requires at minimum four dedicated address spaces:

� CICSPlex SM address space (CMAS)

� CICSPlex SM Web user interface address space (WUI)

� CICSPlex SM coordinating address space (CAS)

� Environment Services System Services (ESSS)

The CMAS and the Web user interface server are both dedicated CICS regions. The Web user interface CICS address space is where the CICS PM server code executes. The CAS is a standalone address space, purely running CICSPlex SM code. The ESSS is a standalone address space providing system services to CICSPlex SM components.

A CICS region that becomes part of a CICSplex is known as a Managed Application System (MAS).

Figure 2-2 shows the main CICSPlex SM components in relation to the MAS CICS regions and the CICS PM end user.

Figure 2-2 Basic CPSM components required by CICS PM

WUI Repository

CICS TS CPSM WUI Region

CICSPM SERVER

CODE

CPSM WUI

CODE

CICS PM GUI app and Web Browser

CICS TS CMAS Region

CMAS Repository

CPSM Base Code

CPSM CAS

CICSPlex

CPSM-managed CICS regions(MAS)

z/OS

CPSM Agent

CICS TSRegion 1

CPSM Agent

CICS TSRegion 2

CPSM Agent

CICS TSRegion 3

CPSM Agent

CICS TSRegion n

CPSM Agent

ESSS

Chapter 2. CICS PM overview 13

An installation that currently utilizes CICSPlex SM will already have at least the CAS and CMAS regions running. In this case, the existing CMAS needs to be configured for CICS PM, and a Web user interface region added and configured.

2.3.2 CICSPlex SM for CICS PMOne goal for CICS PM (and for this redbook), is to keep the knowledge of CICSPlex SM that is required at a minimum, to ease installation at sites where CICSPlex SM is not already being utilized. In order to keep things simple, we will simply consider CICSPlex SM within a single MVS region, in general.

What a CMAS isThe CMAS is a CICS region dedicated solely to the CICSPlex SM function. It is responsible for managing and reporting of all CICS regions and resources within the defined CICSplex(es). The CMAS interacts with CICSPlex SM agent code running on each managed CICS region (MAS) to define events or conditions of interest, and collect information gathered as a result of such definitions.

The CICSplex topology, events, and conditional definitions together with collected data are all stored in the CMAS repository data set, EYUDREP.

In more complex setups, multiple CMAS regions can communicate between MVS regions to build up CICSplexes that may consist of CICS regions across a sysplex or located at physically disparate sites. An MAS belongs to a CICSplex and can only be a member of one CICSplex. A maintenance point CMAS is the owner of a CICSplex. When more than one CMAS is involved in managing a CICSplex, then the CMAS which was used to create the CICSplex is the maintenance point. This is basically the master repository for the CICSplex. When a definition is changed, then the maintenance point CMAS must be available.

For simplicity, we only consider a single CMAS for the Web user interface server and all MAS regions here.

What a MAS isEvery CICS region to be monitored using CICS PM must be under the management of CICSPlex SM. To become an MAS, a CICS region must have the CICSPlex SM agent load libraries added to the DFHRPL, STEPLIB concatenations of their startup batch job or procedure. The CICSPlex SM agent code is executed during CICS initialization to register the MAS with its respective managing CMAS.

More specifically, a z/OS-based MAS region is known as a Local MAS (or LMAS). An OS/2®- or Microsoft Windows-based CICS is known as a Remote MAS (or RMAS). We only deal with LMAS regions here, and refer to them simply as MAS regions.

Agent code running on the MAS communicates pertinent statistical and monitoring data back to the CMAS it connected to.

Note: We recommend that in a real production environment the Web user interface server be placed in a special Web user interface server CICSplex.

Note: A CMAS region is not part of a managed CICSplex.


The Web user interface serverTraditionally, CICSPlex SM user interaction takes place via the MVS/TSO ISPF end-user interface (EUI). However, an alternative Web browser-based interface is also available. This requires the use of a second dedicated CICS region known as a Web User Interface (WUI) region. The Web user interface makes use of CICS Web Services to allow interaction with a Web Browser over TCP/IP.

A page of information from the Web user interface region presented on the browser is known as a “WUI view”; a collection of Web user interface views is known as a “View set”. Web user interface view sets and their use by CICS PM are discussed further in 2.5, “CICS PM use of Web user interface view sets” on page 21.

CICS PM supplies definitions for a comprehensive view set. The CICS PM GUI makes use of this supplied view set via Web Browser hyperlinks, which may be used when the user needs to examine or manipulate CICS settings or resources.

The CICS PM Web user interface view sets can also be used independently of the GUI.

What a CAS isThe Coordinating Address Space (CAS) is a standalone CICSPlex SM address space (it is not a CICS region), running as a dynamically created subsystem. The CAS automatically defines itself to MVS as a subsystem, but unlike ESSS the installation must create the JCL for the CAS job/proc and start it.

The CAS is to support the EUI. A CAS can have its own topology, which is independent of the CICSPlex SM/CICSPlex topology. The CMAS establishes a connection with the CAS during initialization. For the purposes of CICS PM, configuration work required for the CAS region is minimal. There is only one CAS per MVS region.

The ESSSThere is one further address space that is automatically created upon startup of the CMAS, called the Environment Services System Services (ESSS). It is a limited function system address space that provides MVS system services to the CICSPlex SM components.

Further readingMore complex environments may require further background reading, such as CICSPlex SM for z/OS Concepts and Planning, SC34-6015.

2.4 CICS PM GUI applicationThe CICS PM GUI is a Java-based application that runs on a Windows workstation. It is shipped on the CICS PM product tape as a binary file which must be downloaded to the workstation post SMP/E install. The binary file is a Windows Installer executable package. Upon execution, the user is presented with a series of familiar Windows application installation dialogues. The client download and installation is detailed in Chapter 5, “CICS PM client installation” on page 67.

On startup of the CICS PM GUI, the user must enter the details of the hostname or IP address, and the port number for the CICS PM server together with a valid host userid and password combination (assuming security is active). Following a successful signon, the

Note: There is only one ESSS per MVS region, and no special setup work is required.


CICSplex topology information is downloaded and the GUI presents the Event Monitor window, shown in Figure 2-3.

Figure 2-3 Screen shot of the CICS PM GUI application following successful signon and topology refresh

The CICS PM GUI offers the user three main categories to work with:

� Event monitor

� Threshold definitions

� Installed threshold definitions

Through these three windows, threshold definitions can be managed (created, modified, saved, deleted, installed, discarded) and the resultant events monitored. We will now look at each of the main windows individually.

2.4.1 Event monitorThe Event Monitor window is the main feature of the CICS PM GUI application, and is split into three panes:

� Topology

� Region histories/Resource summary

� Event log

TopologyThe Topology display is a graphical tree representation of the CICSplex(es), with a CICSplex name being the top level node. Subnodes of the CICSplex consist of CICSplex SM groups. CICSPlex SM groups may contain either individual CICS regions, or further CICSPlex SM groups. The organization of CICS regions into CICSPlex SM groups needs to be carefully considered during the planning stage for CICSPlex SM installation/configuration.


Using the topology tree, the user can select the current “scope” to be used by the other two panes for system status and event history. Each tree node has a current status that reflects the highest severity of any outstanding event on any subnodes. Therefore, a high severity event in any CICS system will be visible to the CICS PM user even when the GUI is set to a CICSplex-wide scope.

Region Histories and Resource SummaryThe upper-right pane of the Event Monitor window is dual-function. It is split into two tabbed subwindows, labelled Region Histories and Resource Summary. The two are related by Resource Filter.

Region HistoriesThe Region Histories subwindow shows the status of the currently selected node in the Topology pane, together with the status of any subnodes immediately below the selected node (if there are any). The indicated status is subject to the currently selected Resource Filter.

Each node in the Topology tree has an icon next to its name indicating current status, and then a chronological indication of status of that node over the previous five sample periods. This can be seen in Figure 2-4.

Figure 2-4 An entry on the Region Histories pane of the Event Monitor window

Resource FilterThe current setting of the Resource Filter is shown directly below the subwindow tabs. The Resource Filter and the current scope form a “mask” for the Region Histories and the Event Log displays. Figure 2-5 shows the currently selected scope and resource filter.

Figure 2-5 Display of current scope and resource filter on the Event Monitor window

Resource SummaryEach entry on the Resource Summary tab has three buttons, which have functions as illustrated in Figure 2-6 on page 18.

WUI launch to CICS PM WUI View for CICS Region

Time

Current Status Status History


Figure 2-6 Actions for buttons on the Event Monitor window Resource Summary pane

The first button in the set, labelled with a CICS Resource, is a Web browser hyperlink to a Web user interface view for that resource type. For further information on Web user interface view hyperlinks, see 2.5, “CICS PM use of Web user interface view sets” on page 21.

The second and third button both cause the Resource Filter to be set. However, the second button causes the GUI to switch the pane back to the Region Histories tab, after setting the Resource Filter.

Event logThe lower right pane contains the Event Monitor log, which is also subject to the scope currently selected on the topology pane. These events appear as they happen (within the selected scope and filter), but only remain present while the event condition holds true. Events are automatically removed from this pane at the next refresh, when the condition no longer holds true.

From any line in the event monitor log, the user can link to any one of Event (within the GUI), Region, Resource Type or Resource Identifier (all WUI views). The events can be sorted by the data in any of the available columns. Figure 2-7 shows an example of the event log pane with several outstanding events.

Figure 2-7 The event log pane of the Event Monitor window

2.4.2 Threshold definitionsThe second main window in CICS PM, located on the tab labelled Threshold Definitions, is concerned with browsing, modifying, or creating Threshold Definitions/Groups stored on the CMAS repository. In CICSPlex SM terminology, these are known as Evaldefs/RTAdefs. In Figure 2-8 on page 19, the three panes of the Threshold Definition window can be seen:

� Threshold Groups

� CICS Resources

� Thresholds

Contextual launch button to CICS PM WUI View for CICS Resource

Set Filter to labelled CICS Resource and switch to Region Historytab

Set Filter to labelledCICS Resource


Figure 2-8 Threshold Definitions window

Threshold GroupsCICS PM supplies a sample set of thresholds named CMZBase. This is very much a sample set, and should be regarded as read-only. The intent is that post-install, a copy is made of the CMZBase threshold group, which can then be customized to suit the needs of the site as required.

In Figure 2-8, the CMZBase Threshold Group has been selected, which causes the CICS PM GUI to download the definitions from the CICS PM Server region.

Alternatively, new Threshold Groups can be created to organize commonly themed sets of Threshold Definitions. Threshold Groups can be installed in any available scope.

CICS ResourcesThreshold Definitions are categorized under the CICS Resource to which they pertain. The middle pane, CICS Resources, shows which CICS Resources have had Threshold Definitions made against them, indicated by the presence of a “golden bell” icon.

In Figure 2-8, the Region CICS Resource under the Region category has been selected. The currently selected CICS Resource item acts as a “filter” for the contents of the right-hand pane.


Threshold DefinitionsA Threshold Definition describes a condition which when satisfied produces an event. The condition describes a state in relation to a CICS resource or statistic. An example may be SOS equal to SOS (or SOSABOVE or SOSBELOW).

2.4.3 Installed Threshold DefinitionsThe installed Threshold panel shows all currently active Definitions within the selected scope, for the selected CICS Resource category.

Figure 2-9 shows the selected scope being the entire CICSplex SC53PLEX in the Topology pane. The Region CICS Resource under category Region has been selected in the CICS Resource pane. Therefore, the Thresholds pane reflects the currently installed, Region-related Threshold Definitions for the whole CICSplex SC53PLEX.

Figure 2-9 Installed Threshold Definitions window

The CICS PM GUI is discussed further in Chapter 6, “GUI interface” on page 75.

Note: Defined Thresholds are just that; they are not necessarily installed or active. They are comparable to CICS definitions stored on the CSD. Individual Threshold Definitions cannot be installed in isolation. In order to install a Threshold Definition, it must belong to a Threshold Group and that group must be installed as a whole.


2.5 CICS PM use of Web user interface view setsA page of information from the Web user interface region presented on the browser is known as a WUI View; a collection of Web user interface views is known as a “view set”. The view sets are stored on the Web user interface repository.

CICS PM has a comprehensive view set available, and makes extensive use of it via browser hyperlinks from the CICS PM GUI. These links would be used when the user needs to examine or manipulate CICS settings or resources.

For instance, if the user double-clicks the Region name of the Region History pane (shown in Figure 2-3 on page 16, SCSCWMA1), then the GUI launches the workstation Web browser to display the Web user interface Region View for APPLID SCSCWMA1. See Figure 2-10.

Figure 2-10 Screen shot of a WUI view for a specific CICS region

The supplied Web user interface view sets can also be used independently of the GUI. Further information on the Web user interface can be found in Chapter 7, “The CICSPlex SM Web User Interface” on page 121.


2.6 The CICS PM serverThe CICS PM Server code resides in the Web user interface region. It is a CICS application consisting of several load modules. The Server code makes use of both CICS and CICSPlex SM APIs and interacts with the CICS PM GUI application via the CMZSRVIP TCPIPSERVICE, using an HTTP-based protocol.

The Web user interface/CICS PM Server region will therefore have two TCPIPSERVICEs open for CICS PM usage—one for the GUI and one for the Web user interface browser sessions. The GUI may actually use both TCPIPSERVICEs, depending on the source of the information it needs. For example, to build the topology and get the outstanding events, the GUI uses the Web user interface TCPIPSERVICE; and when it comes to updating/creating a threshold, it uses the CICS PM TCPIPSERVICE.

The CICS PM Server acts as an intermediary between the CICS PM GUI and the CICSPlex SM CMAS. Notification of events, storing of Threshold Definitions, and installation of Threshold Definitions are all handled through the CICS PM Server.

2.7 System requirementsCICS PM has the following system requirements, which must be verified prior to proceeding to product configuration.

2.7.1 Server software prereqs

Supported product releases� CICS Transaction Sever for OS/390 1.3

� CICS Transaction Sever for z/OS 2.2

Required maintenanceRACF®Note that OS/390 2.10 only requires APAR OW44393 PTF UW72529.

CICS TS 1.3

CICS Transaction Server for OS/390 1.3

Element APAR numbers Corresponding PTF numbers

CICS PQ63141PQ65166PQ66101

UQ70905, UQ70908, UQ70913UQ71532UQ71488

CICSPlex SM PQ58762PQ59865PQ66469

UQ71427, UQ71439(WUI)UQ71511, UQ71512(WUI)UQ71510


CICS TS 2.2

Recommended maintenanceCICS TS 1.3

CICS TS 2.2

CICS PM 1.1

2.7.2 Workstation prereqs

Hardware� RAM 128 MB min with 256 MB recommended

� Display should at least support 1024*768 resolution with 1280*1024 recommended

Operating systemCICS PM is only supported for the following operating systems:

CICS Transaction Server for z/OS 2.2


CICS PQ63143PQ65168PQ66102

UQ68396, UQ68398, UQ68400UQ71534UQ71490

CICSPlex SM PQ58660,PQ62212, PQ62937PQ59827PQ66470

UQ71440UQ71515UQ71509



CICSPlex SM PQ65959PQ67901PQ67903PQ67650

Open at time of writingOpen at time of writingUQ71926Open at time of writing



CICSPlex SM PQ65961PQ67902PQ67904PQ67652

Open at time of writingOpen at time of writingUQ71929Open at time of writing



CICS PM PQ69345 Open at time of writing


� Microsoft Windows NT 4 Service pack 6 or higher

� Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional Service pack 2

� Microsoft Windows XP Professional

Web browserThe CICS PM Web user interface View sets require a browser to have the following capabilities:

� HTML 3.2 or later, with frames and tables

� HTTP 1.0 or 1.1

� HTTP cookie support

Further functionality is also available to browsers that provide support for:

� Java 1.0.2 classes

� JavaScript 1.1 scripts

� Multiple browser windows.

2.8 Post SMP/E install and configurationFor this redbook, we considered the installation and setup of CICS PM on two separate MVS systems. Chapter 3, “CICSPlex SM installation” on page 25 details the installation and configuration of CICS PM in a z/OS - CICS TS environment where CICSPlex SM is not already being used.

Chapter 4, “Customizing an existing CPSM installation to use CICS PM” on page 61 details the installation and configuration of CICS PM in a z/OS - CICS TS environment where CICSPlex SM is already being used. In the case where an existing CICSPlex SM site does have a Web user interface region, both of these chapters will be of use.

Depending on which of these categories your site falls into, use the appropriate chapter to complete installation.


Chapter 3. CICSPlex SM installation

This chapter is for those who have no CICSPlex SM currently installed and have little or no knowledge of it. For those who already have a CICSPlex SM running to be used with CICS/PM, refer to Chapter 4, “Customizing an existing CPSM installation to use CICS PM” on page 61.This chapter does not include the client download and install, which is covered in Chapter 5, “CICS PM client installation” on page 67.

In this chapter we describe our experiences in installing CICSPlex SM and tailoring it for use with CICS/PM. We also provide a sample worksheet and useful command summary as we found this to be the best way of keeping track of Dataset High Level Qualifiers, Sysids and Applids, etc.

On completion of this chapter we will have a running CICSPlex SM system with the necessary components for a basic CICS/PM setup. We build this section by section until we reach the setup in Figure 3-1 on page 26. We added CICS regions B, C, and D just to show potential application groupings.

3


Figure 3-1 The target setup

C M A SR e p o sitory

(E Y U D R E P )

S C S 3 G R P 2 S C S 3 G R P 1

W U IS C S C W M A 1

S C S C M M A 1

C P S M A g e n t C o d e

C IC S B


C IC S C


C IC S D


C IC S /P M


S C 5 3 P L E X

C M A SS C S C C M A 1

C A SP A R M S

(E Y U IP R M )

C A SS C 5 3 C A S

W U IR e p o s ito ry

(E Y U W R E P )C M ZC M A S P

C M Z L M A S P

C M Z W U IP M

C M ZW U IIN

P A R M L ib(E Y U P A R M )


3.1 Overview of the installation of CICSPlex SMWe assume that for the CICSPlex SM CICS regions, the necessary CICS data sets (DFHCSD, DFHINTRA,DFHDMP etc.) have been previously defined, and suitable Applids and Sysids have been assigned. The following pages are intended to be used as worksheets for documenting your High Level Qualifiers etc. A copy of our own worksheet used during the install process and a command reference are included.

3.1.1 Planning your installationA number of decisions need to be made up front, like the high-level data set qualifiers, the CICSplex name, CICSPlex SM group names, and what application regions (MAS regions) should be grouped together (Groups can contain Groups, that is, Region 1 and 2 in group A, region 3 and 4 in group B and Web user interface in group C, then group D containing groups A, B and C).

Table 3-1 shows a blank worksheet for your use and Table 3-2 on page 28 shows our worksheet. These should help you determine and document your site’s setup.

Table 3-1 Worksheet

Occurrence Value

CICSPlex SM run time data sets HLQ

CICSPlex SM system data sets HLQ

CICS/PM system data sets HLQ

LMAS CSD grouplist

Web user interface CSD grouplist

TCP/IP Port for CICS/PM

CAS subsystem id (ssid)

CMAS sysid

CMAS applid

CICS system data set HLQ

CMAS CSD grouplist

CICSPlex SM release number

CMAS name

CICSplex name

CMAS CICS version

1st group name

Regions of 1st group

2nd group name

Chapter 3. CICSPlex SM installation 27

Table 3-2 Our worksheet

Regions of 2nd group

3rd group name

Contents of 3rd group

WUI sysid

Web user interface applid

TCP/IP host name

TCP/IP port for the client

Occurrence Value

CICSPlex SM run-time data sets HLQ

CICSSYSF.CICSPM.SC53

CICSPlex SM system data sets HLQ

CICSTS22.CPSM

CICS/PM system data sets HLQ

CMZ

LMAS CSD grouplist MMA1LIST

Web user interface CSD grouplist

WMA1LIST

TCP/IP Port for CICS/PM 9011

CAS subsystem id (ssid) CPSM

CMAS sysid CMA1

CMAS applid SCSCCMA1

CICS system data set HLQ CICSTS22

CMAS CSD grouplist CMA1LIST

CICSPlex SM release number 0220

CMAS name SCSCCMA1

CICSplex name SC53PLEX

CMAS CICS version 22

1st group name SC53GRP1

Regions of 1st group SCSCMMA1

2nd group name SC53GRP2

Regions of 2nd group SCSCWMA1

3rd group name SC53ALL

Contents of 3rd group SC53GRP1, SC53GRP2

Occurrence Value


3.2 MVS environment setupA number of prerequisite tasks are required in the MVS environment before we can start the installation of CICSPlex SM. For some of these you may need to consult your MVS systems programmer or other responsible support groups.

� The CICSPlex SM library SEYUAUTH needs to be set up as APF authorized.

� The CICSPlex SM library SEYULINK needs to be included in the MVS link list.

� The number of linkage indexes in IEASYSxx (defined by NSYSLX) requires an additional three.

� For each CMAS, increase the Common data spaces via IEASYSxx (MAXCAD parameter) by 6.

� Each CMAS may use up to nine MVS data spaces; therefore, ensure that there is enough MVS auxiliary storage, possibly as much as 100 MB per CMAS.

� Assign a VTAM APPLID and SYSID for each of the CMAS and Web user interface regions.

� Reserve two TCP/IP ports.

3.3 Build the system components

3.3.1 CICSPlex SM data sets and initialization job CMZDEFDSThe job CMZDEFDS, used to define the required data sets, can be found in the SCMZINST library. This requires editing, replacing the high-level qualifiers with your own site’s standard data set names. To avoid confusion, we recommend that you do not change the low-level qualifiers, where possible. Table 3-3 on page 30 shows a brief summary of the data set usage.

The values that require editing in this job are:

� @userhlq@ - High-level qualifier of user-defined CICS run-time data sets

We changed to CICSSYSF.CICSPM.SC53.

� @cicshlq@ - High-level qualifier of CICS TS load libraries

Our load libraries were prefixed CICSTS22.CPSM.

� @cmasname@ - CMAS name

It is recommended that you use your APPLID for this value. We chose to call our Region name, APPLID and CMASname SCSCCMA1.

� @sysid@ - CMAS SYSID

This was set as CMA1.

Web user interface sysid WMA1

Web user interface applid SCSCWMA1

TCP/IP host name WTSC53.ITSO.IBM.COM™

TCP/IP port for the client 9001

Occurrence Value


� @userid@ - Job userid

We set this to our TSO userid for the JCL jobcard. An alternative is to create a separate pds member containing your jobcard to be copied into any jobs you run.

In Step DREPINIT you will need to specify your time zone in the parms for program EYU9XDUT. Table 3-4 shows the code for your specific time zone.

Table 3-3 Dataset summary

Table 3-4 Code - Time zone table

DD Name Data set type Description Usage

EYUDREP VSAM Contains CPSM repository, holding the definitions of your CICSplex.

Used by CMAS

EYUWREP VSAM Contains CPSM WUI repository holding the view sets and menus.

Web user interface server

EYUIPRM PDS This is the parameter repository, which is only used for communications definitions if there is more than 1 CAS.

Used by CAS

EYUSDEF PDS Holds the screen configuration definitions when used via CPSM in TSO.

The CPSM TSO interface

EYUPARM PDS The parameters used by CMAS, WUI and MAS at initialization.

Any Region used within the CPSM structure

Code GMT Offset

Time zone description Code GMT Offset

Time zone description

A N/A Current local * N -12 West of date line

B +1 Central Europe O -11 Bering Standard

C +2 Eastern Europe P -10 Hawaii and Alaska Standard

D +3 Arabia Q -9 Yukon Standard

E +4 Pakistan R -8 Pacific Standard

F +5 Bay of Bengal SF -7 Mountain Standard

G +6 Thailand T -6 Central Standard

H +7 Philippines U -5 Eastern Standard

J +8 Japan V -4 Atlantic Standard

I +9 Australia W -3 Greenland

K +10 New Caledonia X -2 Azores

L +11 New Zealand Y -1 Iceland

M +12 East of Date line Z -0 GMT


Once tailoring has been completed, submit the job and expect a zero return code. The CMZDEFDS job can be rerun at this point, as the data sets are deleted prior to being defined.

After completing this step, our picture is as shown in Figure 3-2.

Figure 3-2 Setup to date (1)

3.3.2 Create the CICSPlex SM CSD definitionsA sample job, CMZCSDUG, exists in library SCMZINST to UPGRADE your predefined CSD for use with CICSPlex SM and CICS/PM. This job uses the CICS batch program DFHCSDUP to retrieve the relevant upgrade program from the CICSPlex SM library SEYULOAD and apply it. The job then goes on to add the newly created groups to grouplists. Three of the program members are CICS release-dependant and the 4th is for the required CICS/PM definitions.

* Note Time zone A can only be specified in a period definition (Refer to the CICSPlex System Manager Administration Guide)

Note: The CMZDEFDS job assumes you are using SMS to manage your data set placement. If this is not the case, add the required “VOL=SER=” for the PDS defines and a suitable “VOLUME( )” to the VSAM defines.

Code GMT Offset

Time zone description Code GMT Offset

Time zone description

C M A SR ep o sito ry

(E Y U D R E P )

C A SP A R M S

(E Y U IP R M )


(E YU W R E P )



If you are using a shared CSD across your CMAS, Web user interface and LMAS regions, then this job only needs to be run once, otherwise see Table 3-5 for CICS/TS 1.3 or Table 3-6 for CICS/TS 2.2, to decide what programs need to run against the region CSDs.

Table 3-5 CICS/TS 1.3 CSD upgrade programs

Table 3-6 CICS/TS 2.2 CSD upgrade programs

Select the grouplist you wish the CSD definitions to be part of and supply the information in the job for the ADD commands.

The relevant CSD groups need to be added to grouplists and included in your SIT parameters.

The last action of this job is to ALTER the TCPIPSERVICE to your selected port. This is a different port from that used for the Web user interface server, specified in the TCPIPPORT Web user interface initialization parameter.

Submit the tailored job and expect a return code of zero.

Example 3-1 on page 33 shows our tailored JCL and parameters for a CICS/TS 2.2 region.

Program Region type Description

EYU953G0 CMAS Creates CSD group EYU140G0. Creates EYU140L0 grouplist, which contains all the groups from DFHLIST and group EY140G0.

EYU953G1 WUI and all LMAS regions

Creates CSD group EYU140G1, which you then need to add to an appropriate Web user interface and LMAS grouplist.

EYU953GW Web user interface

Creates CSD group EYU140GW, which you then need to add to an appropriate Web user interface grouplist.

CMZ13CSD Web user interface

Creates CSD groups CMZPMSRV and CMZIPSRV, which you then need to add to an appropriate Web user interface grouplist.

Program Region type Description

EYU962G0 CMAS Creates CSD group EYU220G0.Creates EYU220L0 grouplist, which contains all the groups from DFHLIST and group EYU220G0.

EYU962G1 Web user interface and all LMAS regions

Creates CSD group EYU220G1, which you then need to add to an appropriate Web user interface and LMAS grouplist.

CMZ62CSD Web user interface

Creates CSD groups CMZPMSRV and CMZIPSRV, which you then need to add to an appropriate Web user interface grouplist.

Note: CMZ13CSD and CMZ22CSD are only different in the TCPIPSERVICE, as the definitions have changed between CICS/TS 1.3 and CICS/TS 2.2.


Example 3-1 CMZCSDUG after tailoring

//CMZCSDUG JOB 1,CICSRS1,MSGCLASS=A,MSGLEVEL=(1,1), // CLASS=A,NOTIFY=CICSRS1 //*----------------------------------------------------------------//* Replace the following : //* @userhlq@ - High-level qualifier of user defined CICS run time//* data sets //* @cicshlq@ - High-level qualifier of CICS TS load libraries //* @cmzhlq@ - High-level qualifier of CICS PM load libraries //* @lmaslist@ - List name for the LMAS //* @wuilist@ - List name for the WUI //* @userid@ - Job userid //* @portnum@ - TCP/IP port number //*----------------------------------------------------------------//CSDUP EXEC PGM=DFHCSDUP,REGION=2M,PARM='CSD(READWRITE)' //STEPLIB DD DSN=CICSTS22.CICS.SDFHLOAD,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=CICSTS22.CPSM.SEYULOAD,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=CMZ.SCMZLOAD,DISP=SHR //DFHCSD DD DSN=CICSSYSF.CICSTS22.XMA1.DFHCSD,DISP=SHR //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=* //SYSABOUT DD SYSOUT=* //SYSABEND DD SYSOUT=* //SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=* //SYSIN DD * * Use these statements for CICS TS 1.3*PGRADE USING (EYU953G0) *PGRADE USING (EYU953G1) *PGRADE USING (EYU953GW) *PGRADE USING (CMZ13CSD) *DD GROUP(EYU140G1) LIST(@lmaslist@) *DD GROUP(EYU140G1) LIST(@wuilist@) *DD GROUP(EYU140GW) LIST(@wuilist@) *DD GROUP(DFHTERMC) LIST(@wuilist@) *DD GROUP(CMZPMSRV) LIST(@wuilist@) *DD GROUP(CMZIPSRV) LIST(@wuilist@) * Use these statements for CICS TS 2.2UPGRADE USING (EYU962G0) UPGRADE USING (EYU962G1) UPGRADE USING (CMZ22CSD) ADD GROUP(EYU220G1) LIST(MMA1LIST) ADD GROUP(EYU220G1) LIST(WMA1LIST) ADD GROUP(EYU220GW) LIST(WMA1LIST) ADD GROUP(DFHTERMC) LIST(WMA1LIST) ADD GROUP(CMZPMSRV) LIST(WMA1LIST) ADD GROUP(CMZIPSRV) LIST(WMA1LIST) * Use this statement for CICS TS 1.3 and CICS TS 2.2 * Alter the port number for the CICS PM server: ALTER TCPIPSERVICE(CMZSRVIP) GROUP(CMZIPSRV) PORTNUMBER(9011)/* //

3.4 Coordinating address space (CAS) creation

3.4.1 Editing sample CAS procedureLibrary CMZPROC contains a sample CAS job that should be copied to your system procedure library and renamed to suite your site standards. Edit the copied procedure,


changing @sysid@ to a unique MVS subsystem ID. This should not be predefined in the MVS IEFSSNxx subsystem PARMLIB member. In our setup, we chose to use the sysid of CICSPlex SM. If you are unsure about this, refer to your MVS systems programmer for advice. The command /D SSI is useful to display current SSIDs.

The remaining data set high-level qualifiers need to be changed so that @cicshlq@ is set to pick up the CICSPlex SM base code and system files and @userhlq@ is set to reference the EYUIPRM start-up parameters (which, in this case, is an empty data set). Example 3-2 shows the JCL tailored for the CAS.

The CAS is started using default options for simplicity. The parameters SPCF=Y and CONVXCF=Y are required to allow CAS-to-CAS communication using MVS cross-system coupling facility (XCF) instead of VTAM. We recommend that you do not alter these or any other parameters regardless of coupling facility availability.

Example 3-2 CAS start-up procedure

//*----------------------------------------------------------------//* Use this procedure to start a CICSPLEX SM CAS //*----------------------------------------------------------------//CMZCAS PROC SSID='CICSPlex SM', // CICSHLQ='CICSTS22', // USERHLQ='CICSSYSF.CICSPM.SC53' //*****************************************************************//* SSID - MVS/ESA subsystem ID //* CICSHLQ - High-level qualifier of CICS TS system libraries //* USERHLQ - High-level qualifier of the user EYUIPRM data set //*****************************************************************//CPSMCAS EXEC PGM=BBM9ZA00, // PARM=('SSID=&SSID,XDM=N', // 'SPCF=Y,CONVXCF=Y', // 'COLD=N,DUMP=ALL'), // TIME=1440, // REGION=4096K //* //STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&CICSHLQ..CPSM.SEYUAUTH //BBACTDEF DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&CICSHLQ..CPSM.SEYUADEF//BBSECURE DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&CICSHLQ..CPSM.SEYUPARM//BBVDEF DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&CICSHLQ..CPSM.SEYUVDEF//BBIPARM DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..EYUIPRM //*

3.4.2 Starting the CASWe can now start the CAS by issuing the START command. At a later stage, you will need to have your production CAS started automatically by issuing the START command either through a suitable MVS command list or your scheduling package, after IPL. You may need to communicate with your MVS systems programmer or scheduling administrator.

Note: We did not enable the security options on our system, so take the necessary steps to enable your CAS to run, that is, add a suitable STARTED general resource class and permissions.


To shut down the CAS at a later stage, issue the MVS STOP command. You would not normally need to do this outside a shutdown for IPL.

Example 3-3 shows a normal and successful start-up.

Example 3-3 Successful CAS start using default options

IEF403I SC53CAS - STARTED - TIME=09.52.03 - ASID=00BE - SC53 BBMYAB62I Default system values used for CAS definition BBMZS100I SPCF is active, GROUP=EYUGROUP,MEMBER=SC53 BBMXCL41I Default system values used for target definition BBMXBI30I Security Parameter Modification member BBMTSS00 in BBSECURE used BBMXBI29I Security Class Modification member BBMTSP00 not found in parmlib BBSECUREBBMXBI26I Default security resource properties used BBMXCL36I Default security resource definition used for COMMON resources BBMSS001I Security - ESMTYPE(RACF) SUBSYS(CPSM) REQSTOR(<asis>) APPL(CPSM) BBMZA001I CAS(SC53) SSID(CPSM) INITIALIZATION COMPLETE - R3.3.8 (CPSMvrm) BBMXCL36I Default security resource definition used for PLEXMGR resources

After completing this step, our picture is as shown in Figure 3-3.


3.5 CICSPlex SM address space (CMAS) creation

3.5.1 Create CMAS regionBecause the CMAS is a CICS system in its own right, we need to create all the data sets associated with a standard CICS region. This can be done by using your own site-specific


(E Y U D R E P )

C A SP A R M S

(E Y U IP R M )

C A SS C 5 3 C A S


(E YU W R E P )



JCL, or by using the IBM-supplied DFHDEFDS job found in the CICS base library SDFHINST. A change is required to the DFHAUXT data set definition to specify a minimum of 25 cylinders of DASD.

Once the data sets are defined correctly, copy procedure CMZCMAST from the SCMZPROC library to your system procedure library, renaming it to your site standard. The copied procedure needs to be edited to point at your load libraries and other data sets.

The main differences between the CMAS and a normal CICS region are:

� The CMAS executes program EYU9XECS instead of DFHSIP.

� The STEPLIB should only include the APF-authorized libraries SEYUAUTH and SDFHAUTH.

� The DFHRPL should only contain libraries SEYULOAD and SDFHLOAD.

� Two DD statements are added; BBACTDEF for the SEYUADEF library, and BBVDEF for the SEYUVDEF library.

� A DD statement EYULOG for CMAS and managed CICS region logs via a transient data queue is added.

� The DD statement for EYUPARM, which will contain the CMAS initialization parameters, is added.

� The CMAS repository data set EYUDREP is included.

� No DFHSIT initialization table is specified—this must be allowed to default. SYSIN is used to specify the CMAS specific values.

3.5.2 Editing the sample CMAS procedureThe sample CMAS procedure can be found in library SCMZPROC as CMZCMAST. This should be moved to a suitable procedure library and renamed to your site standards if required. We found that due to our naming conventions, we needed to add extra variables. Some of the other variable values, such as APPLID on the start-up parm, may not conform to your standards. We suggest that you take time to read through the JCL and review the variables carefully (remember that this is a sample job). Example 3-4 shows our edited procedure.

Example 3-4 CMAS start-up procedure

//SCSCCMAS PROC START=AUTO, // USERHLQ='CICSSYSF.CICS620.CMA1', // CPSMHLQ='CICSSYSF.CICSPM.SC53', // CSDHLQ='CICSSYSF.CICSTS22.XMA1', // CICSHLQ='CICSTS22', // CMZHLQ='CMZ', // SYSIDNT='CMA1', // APPLID='SCSCCMA1', // REG='128M', // OUTC='*', // SIP='22' //********************************************************************//* USERHLQ - HIGH-LEVEL QUALIFIER OF USER DEFINED CICS RUN TIME //* DATA SETS //* CICSHLQ - HIGH-LEVEL QUALIFIER OF CICS TS SYSTEM LIBRARIES //* CMZHLQ - HIGH-LEVEL QUALIFIER OF CICS PM SYSTEM LIBRARIES //* SYSDINT - SYSID of CICS REGION AND 2ND HALF OF APPLID //* REG - STORAGE REQUIRED //* START - TYPE OF CICS START-UP REQUIRED


//* OUTC - PRINT OUTPUT CLASS //* SIP - SUFFIX OF SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PARAMETERS. //* USE 13 FOR CICS TS 1.3 OR 22 for CICS TS 2.2 //* //********************************************************************//************************** RUN CMAS ***************************//********************************************************************//CMAS EXEC PGM=EYU9XECS,REGION=&REG,TIME=1440, // PARM=('START=&START,APPLID=&APPLID,SYSIDNT=&SYSIDNT,SYSIN') //* //SYSIN DD DSN=CICSSYSF.&CMZHLQ..SCMZSAMP(CMZCSI&SIP),DISP=SHR //* The CICS TS STEPLIB //STEPLIB DD DSN=&CICSHLQ..CICS.SDFHAUTH,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=&CICSHLQ..CPSM.SEYUAUTH,DISP=SHR //* The CICS TS LIBRARY (DFHRPL) //DFHRPL DD DSN=&CICSHLQ..CICS.SDFHLOAD,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=&CICSHLQ..CPSM.SEYULOAD,DISP=SHR //* ------------------------------------------ //* The CICS SYSTEM DEFINITION data set //DFHCSD DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSDHLQ..DFHCSD //* -----------------------------------------------//* The AUXILIARY TEMPORARY STORAGE data set//DFHTEMP DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHTEMP //* ---------------------------------- //* The INTRAPARTITION data set //DFHINTRA DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHINTRA //* ------------------------------------ //* The AUXILIARY TRACE data sets //DFHAUXT DD DISP=SHR,DCB=BUFNO=5, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHAUXT //DFHBUXT DD DISP=SHR,DCB=BUFNO=5, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHBUXT //* --------------------------------- //* The CICS CATALOG data sets //DFHLCD DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHLCD //DFHGCD DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHGCD //* ------------------------------------ //* CICS EXTRAPARTITION data sets //DFHCXRF DD SYSOUT=&OUTC //MSGUSR DD SYSOUT=&OUTC,DCB=(DSORG=PS,RECFM=V,BLKSIZE=136)//* CICS TRANSACTION DUMP data sets A & B //DFHDMPA DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHDMPA //DFHDMPB DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHDMPB //* ---------------------------------------- //* EXTRAPARTITION data sets for CPSM //* CPSM Parameters: COPR TDQ //EYUPARM DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&CPSMHLQ..EYUPARM(CMZCMASP) //* CPSM: COLG TDQ for CPSM LOG messages //EYULOG DD SYSOUT=* //* The CMAS REPOSITORY data set //EYUDREP DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&CPSMHLQ..EYUDREP //*


//* //BBACTDEF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CICSHLQ..CPSM.SEYUADEF//BBVDEF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CICSHLQ..CPSM.SEYUVDEF//BBIPARM DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&CPSMHLQ..EYUIPRM //* END OF CICS START PROCEDURE

3.5.3 Creating the CMAS parametersThe sample parameter member CMZMASP can be found in library SCMZSAMP and should be copied into the EYUPARM library. The name of this can be anything you choose, as long as it is reflected on the EYUPARM DD statement in the CMAS start-up procedure. We chose to keep the name as CMZMASP. The two parameters inside are CASNAME and SEC. CASNAME should reflect the SSID used when creating the CAS as described in 3.4.1, “Editing sample CAS procedure” on page 33. The SEC parameter is used to specify your security options:

� YES = Allow the CMAS to perform security checking.

� NO = Do not allow the CMAS to perform security checking.

If this option is used, all CICS regions that the CMAS manages must also have SEC(NO). Also, with this option the SIT parm SEC=NO must be used. You can run a CMAS with the EYUPARM option of SEC(NO), then the CMAS can run with SEC=YES in the SIT if you like. However, all of the MASs that connect to this CMAS must have SEC=NO in their SITs.

In our example we ran without security, although in a normal environment this may be unrealistic.

If you are unable to use your CMAS name as an APPLID, the parameter NAME(@region_name@) requires adding (where @region_name@ = your start-up procedure name).

Example 3-5 shows our CMAS initialization parameters.

Example 3-5 CMAS initialization parameters

* CICSPlex SM parameters for CMAS regions * Replace the following : * @name@ - CAS SSID CASNAME(CPSM) * Specify the SSID of the CAS * SEC(YES) is required only if CICS regions or Web User Interface server* is initialized with the CICS SEC=YES parameter *EC(YES) * Initialize CICSPlex SM security SEC(NO) * Initialize CICSPlex SM security to NO for SC53 * * Note: Add a NAME(@region_name@) parameter if the REGION name is NOT * the same as the APPLID

3.5.4 CMAS SIT SYSIN parametersAs mentioned in 3.5.1, “Create CMAS region” on page 35, the system initialization table should be allowed to default, but we do add CICSPlex SM-specific SYSIN statements to supplement the defaults. The sample SYSIN members can be found in the SCMZSAMP library as CMZCSI13 for CICS/TS 1.3 and CMZCSI22 for CICS/TS 2.2. These may be copied into your own site-specific library and renamed as required.


If you do not use the default CICS SVC number, change @nnn@ to reflect the SVC number you do use. If you do use the default, comment out or remove this parameter.

If you are using an external security package, change @userid@ to specify your site default userid, otherwise this can be commented out or removed. Also, if you are not using an external security package, set SEC=NO.

You need to add IBM-supplied CSD group DFHTERMC to a CMAS grouplist and change @userlist@ in the GRPLIST parameter. The DFHTERMC group is required for the autoinstall console model. An example of the SYSIN parameters can be seen in Example 3-6.

Example 3-6 CMAS SIT SYSIN parameters

* ********************************************************************** CICS TS 2.2 CMAS system initialization overrides for the default SIT** Replace the following : ** @nnn@ - CICS SVC number ** @userid@ - CICS default userid ** @userlist@ - Group list name for the CMAS ** ********************************************************************** APPLID=is provided in the JCL PARM parameter AICONS=AUTO Autoinstall for consoles AUXTR=ON Auxiliary trace on AUXTRSW=NEXT Switch auxiliary trace data sets once *ICSSVC=@nnn@ The CICS SVC number CPSMCONN=CMAS Initialize region as a CPSM CMAS *FLTUSER=@userid@ CICS default userid DUMPDS=A DUMPSW=NEXT EDSALIM=100M Initial value (to be reviewed over time) GRPLIST=(EYU220L0,CMA1LIST) GMTEXT='CICSPLEX System Manager (CMAS) address space' ICV=100 Region exit time interval. ICVR=20000 Runaway task interval ICVTSD=1 Terminal scan delay interval IRCSTRT=YES Start interregion communication ISC=YES Include the intersystem communication progrm MAXSOCKETS=1 Sockets support not required: 1 is minimum valuMXT=300 Set maximum tasks to 300 for CMAS RENTPGM=PROTECT Allocate ERDSA from read-only storage SEC=NO Initialize CICS security domain SPOOL=YES Start JES spool support SSLTCBS=0 No SSL support SUBTSKS=1 Subtasking yes * SYSIDNT is provided in the JCL PARM parameter SYSTR=OFF Master trace switch off TRTABSZ=2048 Size of internal trace table TS=COLD Cold start temporary storage WRKAREA=1024 1KB CWA required by CPSM CMAS XCMD=NO ! XDB2=NO No XDCT=NO security XEJB=NO on XFCT=NO any XJCT=NO of XPCT=NO these XPPT=NO resources XPSB=NO although XTST=NO security XTRAN=NO is


XUSER=NO ON ! .END

3.5.5 Start the CMAS

Issue the MVS command to start the CMAS procedure with an INITIAL start.

At a later stage, you will need to have your production CMAS started automatically by issuing the START command either through a suitable MVS command list or your scheduling package, after IPL. You may need to communicate with your MVS systems programmer or scheduling administrator.

To shut down the CMAS at a later stage, issue an MVS MODIFY command to run transaction COSD, that is, SCSCCMA1,COSD. You would not normally need to do this outside a shutdown for IPL. The CMAS may also be shut down via the EUI,API or Web user interface.

Example 3-7 shows a successful CMAS start-up.

Example 3-7 Successful CMAS start-up

+EYUXL0022I SCSCCMA1 CMAS Phase I initialization complete +EYUXL0211I SCSCCMA1 CPSM Start Up Parameters +EYUXL0212I SCSCCMA1 * CICSPlex SM parameters for CMAS regions +EYUXL0212I SCSCCMA1 * Replace the following : +EYUXL0212I SCSCCMA1 * @name@ - CAS SSID +EYUXL0212I SCSCCMA1 CASNAME(CPSM) * Specify the SSID of the CAS +EYUXL0212I SCSCCMA1 * SEC(YES) is required only if CICS regions or Web User Interface serve +EYUXL0212I SCSCCMA1 * is initialized with the CICS SEC=YES parameter +EYUXL0212I SCSCCMA1 *EC(YES) * Initialize CICSPlex SM security +EYUXL0212I SCSCCMA1 SEC(NO) * Initialize CICSPlex SM security to NO for SC53 +EYUXL0212I SCSCCMA1 * +EYUXL0212I SCSCCMA1 * Note: Add a NAME(@region_name@) parameter if the REGION name is NOT +EYUXL0212I SCSCCMA1 * the same as the APPLID +EYUXL0020I SCSCCMA1 ESSS connection in progress +EYUXL0004I SCSCCMA1 ESSS connection complete +EYUCR0006W SCSCCMA1 Security checking disabled per SEC(NO) EYUPARM parameter specification +EYUCW0108I SCSCCMA1 Time zone offset from GMT computed based on TIMEZONE operand in SYS1.PARMLIB(CLOCKxx)+EYUXL0007I SCSCCMA1 CMAS Phase II initialization complete +EYUXL0007I SCSCCMA1 CMAS Phase III initialization complete +EYUXL0007I SCSCCMA1 CMAS Phase IV initialization complete+EYUXL0009I SCSCCMA1 CAS connection established +EYUXL0010I SCSCCMA1 CMAS initialization complete

We have found that when changes are made to any of the CICSPlex SM CMAS SYSIN parameters, a COLD start is always required. Otherwise, other than the INITIAL start, an AUTO start is preferred. Failure to do so may produce unpredictable results.

After this step, our setup looks as in Figure 3-4 on page 41.

Note: We did not enable the security options on our system, so take the necessary steps to enable your CMAS to run, that is, add a suitable STARTED general resource class and permissions.



3.6 Create the CICSplex We can now define our proposed CICSPlex SM Managed Address Spaces to CICSPlex SM by creating at least one CICSplex. This would traditionally be done by existing CICSPlex SM shops via the REXX EXEC EYUTSODS, but as this is intended for new users of CICSPlex SM, we will do it by using the supplied CMZBATCH program. The CMAS must be active for CMZBATCH to work.

You need to decide naming conventions and how you wish your CICS regions to be grouped prior to this step.

We decided that we only needed one CICSplex; the next few steps show what we did.

3.6.1 Editing CMZBATCH JCLA sample CMZBATCH job can be found in the SCMZINST library. It will need tailoring to suite your site standards and meet your chosen CICSplex setup.

Edit the CMZBATCH job, replacing the data set high-level qualifiers, etc. We broke the sample into two separate sections to make it easier. Example 3-8 shows only the JCL after our tailoring.

Example 3-8 CMZBATCH JCL only

//CMZBTCH JOB (999,POK),CICSRS1,MSGCLASS=A, // MSGLEVEL=(1,1),NOTIFY=CICSRS1


(E Y U D R E P )


C A SP A R M S

(E Y U IP R M )

C A SS C 5 3 C A S


(E YU W R E P )C M Z C M A S P



//*********************************************************************//* *//* @BANNER_START 01 *//* Licensed Materials - Property of IBM *//* *//* 5655-I46 *//* *//* (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 2002 *//* *//* *//* CICS Performance Monitor for z/OS, Version 1 Release 1 *//* *//* @BANNER_END *//* *//* STATUS = 1.1.0 *//* *//* CHANGE ACTIVITY : *//* *//* $MOD(CMZBTCH) COMP(INSTALL) PROD(CICSPM ): *//* *//* PN= REASON REL YYMMDD HDXXIII : REMARKS *//* $P0= D05139 110 021002 HD4HAPF : Installation enhancements *//* $D0= I07279 110 020808 HD4HAPF : Creation *//* $P1= D05105 110 020926 HD3SCWG : Add REXX Alternate Library *//* $P2= D05177 110 021018 HDGGDEW : More starter Set changes *//* $P3= D05621 110 021024 HDGOGJS : Add SYSMDUMP *//* *//*********************************************************************//* //*--------------------------------------------------------------------//* Replace the following : //* @cicshlq@ - High-level qualifier of CICS TS system libraries //* @cmzhlq@ - High-level qualifier of CICS PM system libraries //* @actinfo@ - Accounting information //* @userid@ - Job userid //* @parm@ - CPSM release number //* @cmasname@ - CMAS name //* @plexname@ - CICSPlex name //* @ctsver@ - two digit CICS TS version: e.g 13 for CICS TS 1.3 //* 22 for CICS TS 2.2 etc //* @regnam1@ - Region name of a CICS system within the CICSPlex //* @applid1@ - Applid of a CICS system within the CICSPlex //* @sys1@ - Sysid of a CICS system within the CICSPlex //* @group1@ - Group name //*--------------------------------------------------------------------//*------------------------------------* //* Perform CPSM Object Definitions * //*------------------------------------* //* Specify the CPSM release number in the PARM string. For example //* PARM='0140' for CICS TS 1.3 & PARM='0220' for CICS TS 2.2 //DEFINE1 EXEC PGM=CMZBATCH,PARM='0220' //* //STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CMZ.SCMZLOAD // DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CICSTS22.CPSM.SEYUAUTH //* DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CMZ.SEAGALT //* Un-comment the above line to use the REXX Alternate Library only//* if you do not have the REXX/370 runtime environment installed //* @P1A //* //SYSTSPRT DD SYSOUT=*


//EYUTRCF DD SYSOUT=* //* //*SYSMDUMP DD DISP=(,CATLG),DSN=@[email protected], //* UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,(50,25)), //* DCB=(DSORG=PS,RECFM=FBS,LRECL=4160,BLKSIZE=24960) //* Un-comment the above lines if you need to add a SYSMDUMP DD.//* You may need to modify this statement to meet your //* installations requirements @P3A //* //CPLEXDEF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CMZ.SCMZPARM(CMZCPDEF) //CSYSDEF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CMZ.SCMZPARM(CMZCSDEF) //CSYSGRP DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CMZ.SCMZPARM(CMZCSGRP) //CMZSTDEF DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CMZ.SCMZPARM(CMZIMP22) //* //CMZDEFS DD *

If you are using your own copied jobcard, @actinfo@ and @userid@ can be ignored. @parm@ should reflect your CICSPlex SM release, that is, 0140 = CICS/TS 1.3 and 0220 = CICS/TS 2.2.

If you do not have the REXX/370 run-time environment installed, uncomment the SEAGALT library in the STEPLIB. This is because the CMZBATCH program is compiled REXX.

3.6.2 Definition statementsThe SYSIN statements in the CMZBATCH sample are explained using comments at each stage of execution.

The sample statements are executed in the following order:

1. Set the CONTEXT to your CMAS.

2. Define your CICSplex.

3. Set the CONTEXT to your CICSplex.

4. Define three MAS CICS regions to the CICSplex. You can add more or remove the statements not required.

5. Create a group to contain your MAS CICS regions, within the CICSplex.

6. Add the previously defined MAS CICS regions to your group.

7. Provision to add more MAS CICS regions with a view to creating them in another group. This is so that you can use the SCOPE command to see a logically grouped set of MAS CICS regions, that is, group1 contains payroll regions and group 2 contains accounts regions. We opted to create a separate group for our Web user interface so that we would not have it in SCOPE whenever we wanted a region-by-region view. Delete or comment out these statements if not required.

8. Create a second group to contain the MAS CICS regions defined above. Again, delete or comment out this statement if not required.

9. Add your MAS CICS regions defined in 7 to the group created in 8. Delete or comment out this statement if not required.

10.Define a third group to contain group1 and group2. This is used to encompass all your MAS CICS regions and therefore you can have all your defined MAS CICS regions in SCOPE.

11.Add the previously defined groups in 5 and 8 to the group defined in 10.


12.List the CICSplex structure.

Example 3-9 shows our tailored definition statements.

Example 3-9 Sample tailored definition statements

* * First set the Context to the CMAS: CONTEXT SCSCCMA1 * * and then define a new CICSPlex to that CMAS: DEFINE CICSPLEX SC53PLEX * * Now reset the context to the new CICSPlex: CONTEXT SC53PLEX * * and then define the Name, Applid, Sysid and connecting CMAS* for each region to be managed under the CICSPlex: DEFINE REGION SCSCMMA1 - APPLID SCSCMMA1 - SYSID MMA1 - CMASID SCSCCMA1 * *DEFINE REGION @regnam2@ - * APPLID @applid2@ - * SYSID @sys2@ - * CMASID SCSCCMA1 * *DEFINE REGION @regnam3@ - * APPLID @applid3@ - * SYSID @sys3@ - * CMASID SCSCCMA1 * * Now define a CICS Group to associate these Regions collectively:DEFINE CICSGRP SC53GRP1 * * and then ADD each Region to the new group: ADD TOGROUP SC53GRP1 - REGION SCSCMMA1 * *DD TOGROUP @group1@ - * REGION @regnam2@ * *DD TOGROUP @group1@ - * REGION @regnam3@ * * Now repeat these definitions for another Region/Group set: DEFINE REGION SCSCWMA1 - APPLID SCSCWMA1 - SYSID WMA1 - CMASID SCSCCMA1 * *DEFINE REGION @regnam5@ - * APPLID @applid5@ - * SYSID @sys5@ - * CMASID SCSCCMA1 * *DEFINE REGION @regnam6@ - * APPLID @applid6@ - * SYSID @sys6@ - * CMASID SCSCCMA1


* DEFINE CICSGRP SC53GRP2 * * and then ADD each of these Regions to the second group:ADD TOGROUP SC53GRP2 - REGION SCSCWMA1 * *DD TOGROUP @group2@ - * REGION @regnam5@ * *DD TOGROUP @group2@ - * REGION @regnam6@ * * Now define another group to scope all regions in the CICSPlex:DEFINE CICSGRP SC53GALL * * and add the previously defined CICS Groups to it. ADD TOGROUP SC53GALL - CICSGRP SC53GRP1 * ADD TOGROUP SC53GALL - CICSGRP SC53GRP2 * * Finally, print all definitions associated with * the current Context ( CICSPlex @plexname@). PRINT * * /* //

Once the CMZBATCH job has been tailored, submit it and expect a zero return code.

More information about CMZBATCH can be found in the Performance Monitor User’s Guide.

After completing the CMZBATCH job, our setup looks as shown in Figure 3-5.


Figure 3-5 Our setup after the CMZBATCH job

3.7 CICSPlex SM Web User Interface (WUI)The CICSPlex SM Web user interface is another CICS region containing CICSPlex SM agent code and further Web services. Among its functions is interfacing with the CICS/PM client and the CMAS.

This region should only execute from the CICSPlex SM load libraries. This includes the SCMZLOAD library to provide the CICS/PM host server application modules.

3.7.1 Create Web user interface region data setsBecause the Web user interface is a CICS system in its own right, we need to create all the data sets associated with a standard CICS region. This can be done by using your own site-specific JCL or by using the IBM-supplied DFHDEFDS job found in the CICS base library, SDFHINST. A change is required to the DFHAUXT data set definition to specify a minimum of 25 cylinders of DASD.

3.7.2 Editing the sample Web user interface procedureThe sample Web user interface procedure can be found in library SCMZPROC as CMZWUIT. This should be moved to a suitable procedure library and renamed to your site standards if required. We found that due to our naming conventions, we needed to add extra variables. Some of the other variable values, such as APPLID on the start-up parm, may not conform to your standards. We suggest that you take time to read through the JCL and review the


(E Y U D R E P )

S C S 3 G R P 2 S C S 3 G R P 1

S C 5 3 P L E X


C A SP A R M S

(E Y U IP R M )

C A SS C 5 3 C A S



C M Z W U IP M

C M ZW U IIN



variables carefully (remember this is a sample job). Example 3-10 shows our edited start-up procedure.

Example 3-10 WUI procedure

//CMZWUIT PROC START=AUTO, // USERHLQ='CICSSYSF.CICS620.WMA1', // CPSMHLQ='CICSSYSF.CICSPM.SC53', // CSDHLQ='CICSSYSF.CICSTS22.XMA1', // CICSHLQ='CICSTS22', // CMZHLQ='CMZ', // SYSIDNT='WMA1', // APPLID='SCSCWMA1', // REG='150M', // OUTC='*', // SIP=22 //********************************************************************//* USERHLQ - HIGH-LEVEL QUALIFIER OF USER DEFINED CICS RUN TIME //* DATA SETS //* CICSHLQ - HIGH-LEVEL QUALIFIER OF CICS TS SYSTEM LIBRARIES //* CMZHLQ - HIGH-LEVEL QUALIFIER OF CICS PM SYSTEM LIBRARIES //* SYSDINT - SYSID OF CICS REGION AND 2ND HALF OF APPLID //* REG - STORAGE REQUIRED //* START - TYPE OF CICS START-UP REQUIRED //* OUTC - PRINT OUTPUT CLASS //* SIP - SUFFIX OF SYSTEM INITIALIZATION PARAMETERS. //* USE 13 FOR CICS TS 1.3 OR 22 for CICS TS 2.2 //* //********************************************************************//************** Run CICSPlex SM Web User Interface server ***********//********************************************************************//CWUI EXEC PGM=DFHSIP,REGION=&REG,TIME=1440, // PARM=('START=&START,APPLID=&APPLID,SYSIDNT=&SYSIDNT,SYSIN') //* //SYSIN DD DSN=CICSSYSF.&CMZHLQ..SCMZSAMP(CMZWSI&SIP),DISP=SHR //* The CICS STEPLIB //STEPLIB DD DSN=&CICSHLQ..CICS.SDFHAUTH,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=&CICSHLQ..CPSM.SEYUAUTH,DISP=SHR //* The CICS LIBRARY (DFHRPL) //* Include your private load library //DFHRPL DD DSN=CICSSYSF.CICSPM.SC53.LOAD,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=&CICSHLQ..CICS.SDFHLOAD,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=&CICSHLQ..CPSM.SEYULOAD,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=&CMZHLQ..SCMZLOAD,DISP=SHR //* ------------------------------------------ //* The CICS system definition data set //DFHCSD DD DISP=SHR,DSN=&CSDHLQ..DFHCSD //* ----------------------------------------------- //* The AUXILIARY TEMPORARY STORAGE data set //DFHTEMP DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHTEMP //* ---------------------------------- //* The INTRAPARTITION data set //DFHINTRA DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHINTRA //* ------------------------------------ //* The AUXILIARY TRACE data sets //DFHAUXT DD DISP=SHR,DCB=BUFNO=5, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHAUXT //DFHBUXT DD DISP=SHR,DCB=BUFNO=5, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHBUXT


//* --------------------------------- //* The CICS CATALOG data sets //DFHLCD DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHLCD //DFHGCD DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHGCD //* ---------------------------------- //* The CICS EXTRAPARTITION data sets //DFHCXRF DD SYSOUT=&OUTC //MSGUSR DD SYSOUT=&OUTC,DCB=(DSORG=PS,RECFM=V,BLKSIZE=136)//* ------------------------------------ //* CICS TRANSACTION DUMP data sets A & B //* CICS TRANSACTION DUMP data sets A & B //DFHDMPA DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHDMPA //DFHDMPB DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&USERHLQ..DFHDMPB //* The Web User Interface REPOSITORY data set//EYUWREP DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&CPSMHLQ..EYUWREP //* EXTRAPARTITION data sets for CPSM //* CPSM Parameters: COPR TDQ //EYUPARM DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&CPSMHLQ..EYUPARM(CMZWUIPM) //* WEB User Interface: COVP TDQ //EYUWUI DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&CPSMHLQ..EYUPARM(CMZWUIIN) //* WEB User Interface: COVI TDQ for IMPORT //EYUCOVI DD DISP=SHR, // DSN=&CMZHLQ..SCMZVIEW(CMZEVIEW) //* CPSM: COLG TDQ for CPSM LOG messages//EYULOG DD SYSOUT=* //* END OF CICS START PROCEDURE

3.7.3 Code page conversionAssemble the DFHCNV code page conversion table, adding the copybook EYU$CNV1, into your private load library, which should be the highest concatenated library in DFHRPL. The source for DFHCNV can be found in library SCMZSAMP as CMZCVW$.

This includes the copybook statement for EYU$CNV, which can be found in your CICSPlex SM SEYUSAMP library and can be seen in Example 3-11.

Example 3-11 Sample code page table

************************************************************************ ** MODULE NAME = CMZCVW$ ** ** DESCRIPTIVE NAME = CICSPM sample DFHCNV table ** ** @BANNER_START 01 ** Licensed Materials - Property of IBM ** ** 5655-I46 ** ** (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 2002 ** ** *


* CICS Performance Monitor for z/OS, Version 1 Release 1 ** ** @BANNER_END ** ** STATUS = 1.1.0 ** ** FUNCTION = ** This module is a sample DFHCNV for CICS PM. ** **-------------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** ENTRY POINT = CMZCVW$ ** **-------------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** CHANGE ACTIVITY : ** ** $MOD(CMZCVW$),COMP(GEMSTONE),PROD(CICSPM ): ** ** PN= REASON REL YYMMDD HDXXIII : REMARKS ** $D0= I07279 110 020806 HD4HAPF : Gemstone Samples ** $P1= D05051 110 020923 HDGOGJS : Remove CSECT line from CMZCVW$ ** $P2= D05102 110 020926 HD2GJST : Remove NACT02 and NACT05 entries** ************************************************************************ DFHCNV TYPE=INITIAL * DFHCNV TYPE=ENTRY,RTYPE=PC,RNAME=DFHWBHH,USREXIT=NO, SRVERCP=037,CLINTCP=8859-1 DFHCNV TYPE=SELECT,OPTION=DEFAULT DFHCNV TYPE=FIELD,OFFSET=0,DATATYP=CHARACTER,DATALEN=32767, * LAST=YES * DFHCNV TYPE=ENTRY,RTYPE=PC,RNAME=DFHWBUD,USREXIT=NO, * CLINTCP=8859-1,SRVERCP=037 DFHCNV TYPE=SELECT,OPTION=DEFAULT DFHCNV TYPE=FIELD,OFFSET=0,DATATYP=CHARACTER,DATALEN=32767, * LAST=YES * COPY EYU$CNV1 * DFHCNV TYPE=FINAL END

Example 3-12 shows our assemble job. The DFHAUPLE procedure is supplied as part of the CICS/TS 2.2 base with modifications for data set HLQs.

Example 3-12 Assembler JCL

//DFHCNVCW JOB (999,POK),'L06R',CLASS=A,REGION=4096K, // MSGCLASS=T,TIME=10,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),NOTIFY=&SYSUID //* //* //* //* //* /*JOBPARM SYSAFF=SC53 //PLEASE EXEC DFHAUPLE,INDEX='CICSTS22.CICS' //ASSEM.SYSUT1 DD DSN=CICSSYSF.CMZ.SCMZSAMP(CMZCVW$),DISP=SHR //ASM.SYSLIB DD DSN=CICSTS22.CICS.SDFHMAC,DISP=SHR


// DD DSN=CICSTS22.CICS.SDFHSAMP,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=CICSTS22.CPSM.SEYUSAMP,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=SYS1.MACLIB,DISP=SHR // DD DSN=SYS1.MODGEN,DISP=SHR @BA29831//LNKEDT.SYSLMOD DD DISP=SHR,DSN=CICSSYSF.CICSPM.SC53.LOAD //LNKEDT.SYSIN DD * NAME DFHCNVW$(R)

Further information on page codes can be found in the CICS Transaction Server for z/OS Communicating from CICS on System/390®.

3.7.4 Language supportAt present the only languages supported by the Web user interface are US English, Japanese, and simplified Chinese. Under CICS/PM, only US English is supported.

The language support and server code pages are defined as part of the INITPARM in the CICS start-up SYSIN parameters. In our system this was set to INITPARM=(EYU9VKEC='ENU',EYU9VWAN='ENU1').

3.7.5 CICS initialization parametersThe system initialization table should be allowed to default, but we added CICSPlex SM-specific SYSIN statements to supplement the defaults. The sample SYSIN members can be found in the SCMZSAMP library as CMZWSI13 for CICS/TS 1.3 and CMZWSI22 for CICS/TS 2.2. These may be copied into your own site-specific libraries and renamed as required.

If you do not use the default CICS SVC number, you will need to change @nnn@ to reflect the SVC number you do use. If you use the default, comment out or remove this parameter.

If you are using an external security package, change @userid@ to specify your site default userid, otherwise this can be commented out or removed. Also, if you are not using an external security package, set SEC=NO.

Add the grouplist created for the Web user interface in 3.3.2, “Create the CICSPlex SM CSD definitions” on page 31 by changing @wuilist@ in the GRPLIST parameter.

If you are not using the default code page and language options as discussed in 3.7.3, “Code page conversion” on page 48 and 3.7.4, “Language support” on page 50, you need to change the INITPARM to reflect your options.

Example 3-13 shows the SIT override parameters we used for our Web user interface.

Example 3-13 WUI SIT SYSIN parameters

* ********************************************************************** CICS TS 2.2 Web User Interface server system initialization override** ** Replace the following : ** @nnn@ - CICS SVC number ** @userid@ - CICS default userid ** @wuilist@ - Group list name for the WUI ** ********************************************************************** APPLID=is provided in the JCL PARM parameter of CWUITASK AICONS=AUTO AUXTR=ON Auxiliary trace option *ICSSVC=@nnn@ The CICS SVC number


CPSMCONN=WUI Initialize the regions as a CPSM Web server CWAKEY=CICS *FLTUSER=@userid@ CICS default userid DSALIM=7M EDSALIM=128M GRPLIST=(DFHLIST,WMA1LIST) Initialize with CICS & CPSM groupsGMTEXT='CICSPlex SM Web User Interface Server' INITPARM=(EYU9VKEC='ENU',EYU9VWAN='ENU1') ISC=YES MAXSOCKETS=255 MXT=300 *EC=YES Run with security SEC=NO Run without security for SC53 * SYSIDNT is provided in the JCL PARM parameter of CWUITASK SYSTR=OFF TCPIP=YES USERTR=ON WRKAREA=1024 XCMD=NO ! XDB2=NO No XDCT=NO security XEJB=NO on XFCT=NO any XJCT=NO of XPCT=NO these XPPT=NO resourcesXPSB=NO although XTST=NO security XTRAN=NO is XUSER=NO ON ! .END

3.7.6 CICSPlex SM initialization parameters for the Web user interfaceWe need to create the parameters for the CICSPlex SM Web user interface initialization using sample member CMZUIPM in library SCMZSAMP. This requires editing and moving to library EYUPARM.

You need to have chosen a name for your CICSplex in 3.1.1, “Planning your installation” on page 27 and replaced @plexname@ with it. Also, replace @sysid@ with the CMAS CICS sysid that is used for communication.

The parameter member can be renamed to your site standard as long as the EYUPARM DD in the Web user interface procedure reflects this. Our parameter file looked as shown in Example 3-14.

If you are unable to use your Web user interface name as an APPLID, the parameter NAME(@region_name@) needs to be added (where @region_name@ = your start-up procedure name).

Example 3-14 CPSM WUI initialization parameters for EYUPARM

* CMZWUIPM contains the Web User Interface server CICSPlex SM parameters* Replace the following : * @plexname@ - CICSplex name * @sysid@ - CMAS sysid CICSPLEX(SC53PLEX) * Specify the CICSplex to which this server belongsCMASSYSID(CMA1) * Specify the SYSIDNT of the CMAS managing this MASMASPLTWAIT(YES) * CICS must wait until MAS is fully initialised


* * Note: Add a NAME(@regionname@) parameter if the REGION name is NOT * the same as the APPLID

3.7.7 Server initialization parametersThe parameters to set up the Web user interface as a server can be found in member CMZWUIIN in the SCMZSAMP library. This requires moving them to the EYUPARM library and editing them. These parameters are read in through the EYUWUI DD statement in the Web user interface procedure. Like the previous parameters, the name can be changed if desired as long as the EYUWUI DD statement in the procedure is changed to reflect this. The example specifies the minimum required parameters, which we shall detail, but more information can be found under “Specify the Web user interface server initialization parameters” in CICSPlex SM Web User Interface Guide, SC34-6018.

Example 3-15 shows the sample parameters required to initialize the Web user interface server and the options we used.

Example 3-15 Minimum WUI initialization parameters

* WUI Server initialization parameters * * Replace the following : * @cmasname@ - CMAS name * @plexname@ - CICSPlex name * @mvsid.company@ - MVS host name * @portnum@ - TCP/IP port number * DEFAULTMENU(IBM_CMZMENU) DEFAULTNAVIGATE(IBM_CMZNAVIGATE) DEFAULTCMASCTXT(SCSCCMA1) * Specify the CMAS managing this serverDEFAULTCONTEXT(SC53PLEX) * Specify a CICSplex name DEFAULTSCOPE(SC53PLEX) * Specify the default scope TCPIPHOSTNAME(WTSC53.ITSO.IBM.COM) * Specify the server's MVS host name TCPIPPORT(9001) * Specify a unique TCP/IP port number * AUTOIMPORTTDQ is only required on first initialisation of WUI server AUTOIMPORTTDQ(COVI) * Import CICS PM view sets.

Following are details about the parameters in Example 3-15:

� DEFAULTMENU(IBM_CMZMENU)

This parameter specifies the default menu presented to the Web user interface for CICS/PM. This can be changed to (IBM_CMZMAINMENU) to give both CPSM and CICS/PM view sets if AUTOIMPORTTDQ is set to import them.

� DEFAULTNAVIGATE(IBM_CMZNAVIGATE)

This is the navigate frame name in the Web user interface for CICS/PM.

� DEFAULTCMASCTXT(SCSCCMA1)

This must be the name of the CMAS that the Web user interface server connects to. If it is not, then CICS PM will not work. We used SCSCCMA1.

� DEFAULTCONTEXT(SC53PLEX)

Specify the CICSplex name you wish to be set for CONTEXT, which can be changed at any time once CICS/PM is active.


� DEFAULTSCOPE(SC53PLEX)

Specify the default scope for CICS/PM. This can be a plex, a group, or an individual CICS region. The scope can be changed (depending on what you need to view) once CICS/PM is active.

� TCPIPHOSTNAME(WTSC53.ITSO.IBM.COM)

This is the address of your System/390 host that is used by your Web browser to contact the Web user interface.

� TCPIPPORT(9001)

This is the port number that is to be used when contacting your System/390 host.

� AUTOIMPORTTDQ(COVI)

This is the name of the CICS TDQ that the CICS/PM view sets are to be imported from to populate the Web user interface repository. The default is (COVI), which, through the CSD TDQ definitions, reads from the EYUCOVI DD statement of the Web user interface procedure. We recommend that you only use this parameter for the following reasons:

– Initial start of your Web user interface to import view sets.

– After applying maintenance to the view sets to refresh them, that is, after applying PTFs.

– Importing the CICSPlex SM view starter sets from the CICSPlex SM base library SEYUVIEW where there are three members: EYUEVX01 for US English, EYUKVX01 for Japanese, and EYUSVX01 for simplified Chinese.

It is best to avoid leaving this parameter in, because the view sets will be loaded each time the Web user interface is started, resulting in delayed initialization.

Another method of importing the view sets is using CICS transaction COVC.

3.7.8 Starting the Web user interface

Issue the MVS command to start the Web user interface procedure with an INITIAL start.

At a later stage, you will need to have your production Web user interface started automatically by issuing the START command either through a suitable MVS command list or your scheduling package, after IPL. You may need to communicate with your MVS systems programmer or scheduling administrator.

To shut down the Web user interface at a later stage, issue an MVS MODIFY command to run transaction COVC STOP, that is, F SCSCWMA1,COVC STOP. You would not normally need to do this outside a shutdown for IPL.

In Example 3-16 we show a successful start of the Web user interface where AUTOIMPORTTDQ is used. The output for this can be found in the EYULOG output destination. Example 3-17 on page 54 shows a normal Web user interface start.

Example 3-16 WUI start with AUTIMPORTTDQ

EYUVS0001I SCSCWMA1 CICSPLEX SM WEB USER INTERFACE INITIALIZATION STARTED. EYUVS0107I SCSCWMA1 READING STARTUP PARAMETERS. EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 DEFAULTMENU(IBM_CMZMENU)

Note: We did not enable the security options on our system, so take the necessary steps to enable your Web user interface to run, that is, add a suitable STARTED general resource class and permissions.


EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 DEFAULTNAVIGATE(IBM_CMZNAVIGATE) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 DEFAULTCMASCTXT(SCSCCMA1) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 DEFAULTCONTEXT(SC53PLEX) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 DEFAULTSCOPE(SC53PLEX) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 TCPIPHOSTNAME(WTSC53.ITSO.IBM.COM) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 TCPIPPORT(9001) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 AUTOIMPORTTDQ(COVI) EYUVS0108I SCSCWMA1 STARTUP PARAMETERS READ. EYUVS0101I SCSCWMA1 Parameter service initialization complete. EYUVS0200I SCSCWMA1 Starting CICS Web Interface. EYUVS0204I SCSCWMA1 TCP/IP service (EYUWUI) installed successfully. EYUVS0206I SCSCWMA1 CICS Web Interface enabled on TCP/IP port number 9001. EYUVS1016I SCSCWMA1 Import 'ALL (OVERWRITE)' initiated for user (CICSUSER) from TDQ (COVI).EYUVS1018I SCSCWMA1 Import completed successfully. 95 objects read from TDQ (COVI). EYUVS0002I SCSCWMA1 CICSPlex SM Web User Interface initialization complete. EYUVS0010I SCSCWMA1 Server connected to CMAS, SYSID(CMA1). EYUVS0020I SCSCWMA1 Task initialization complete for User (CICSRS1). EYUVS0020I SCSCWMA1 Task initialization complete for User (CICSRS2).

Example 3-17 WUI normal start

EYUVS0001I SCSCWMA1 CICSPLEX SM WEB USER INTERFACE INITIALIZATION STARTED. EYUVS0107I SCSCWMA1 READING STARTUP PARAMETERS. EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 DEFAULTMENU(IBM_CMZMENU) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 DEFAULTNAVIGATE(IBM_CMZNAVIGATE) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 DEFAULTCMASCTXT(SCSCCMA1) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 DEFAULTCONTEXT(SC53PLEX) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 DEFAULTSCOPE(SC53PLEX) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 TCPIPHOSTNAME(WTSC53.ITSO.IBM.COM) EYUVS0109I SCSCWMA1 TCPIPPORT(9001) EYUVS0108I SCSCWMA1 STARTUP PARAMETERS READ. EYUVS0101I SCSCWMA1 Parameter service initialization complete. EYUVS0200I SCSCWMA1 Starting CICS Web Interface. EYUVS0204I SCSCWMA1 TCP/IP service (EYUWUI) installed successfully. EYUVS0206I SCSCWMA1 CICS Web Interface enabled on TCP/IP port number 9001. EYUVS0002I SCSCWMA1 CICSPlex SM Web User Interface initialization complete.EYUVS0010I SCSCWMA1 Server connected to CMAS, SYSID(CMA1).

We found that when any changes are made to the CICSPlex SM Web user interface sysin parameters, a COLD start is always required; otherwise, other than the INITIAL start, an AUTO start is preferred. Failure to do so may produce unpredictable results.

Figure 3-6 on page 55 shows our setup after the WUI start.


Figure 3-6 Our setup after the WUI start

3.8 Creating a Managed Application System (MAS)An MAS is a CICS system under CICSPlex SM control and can be either an LMAS (Local CICS MAS) or RMAS (Remote MAS) running CICSPlex SM agent code. This section describes how to create an MAS.

3.8.1 Adding libraries to your CICS regions’ JCLThe following two libraries need to be added to your regions:

� In STEPLIB, add the SEYUAUTH library after the CICS SDFHAUTH.

� In DFHRPL, add the SEYULOAD library after the CICS SDFHLOAD.

Example 3-18 shows the library concatenation.

Example 3-18 Load library concatenation

//STEPLIB DD DSN=CICSTS22.CICS.SDFHAUTH,DISP=SHR// DD DSN=CICSTS22.CPSM.SEYUAUTH,DISP=SHR//DFHRPL DD DSN=CICSTS22.CICS.SDFHLOAD,DISP=SHR// DD DSN=CICSTS22.CPSM.SEYULOAD,DISP=SHR


(E Y U D R E P )

S C S 3 G R P 2 S C S 3 G R P 1


C IC S /P M


S C 5 3 P L E X


C A SP A R M S

(E Y U IP R M )

C A SS C 5 3 C A S



C M Z W U IP M

C M ZW U IIN



3.8.2 CSD definitionsThe CSD group EYUnnnG1 created in 3.3.2, “Create the CICSPlex SM CSD definitions” on page 31 needs to be added to a grouplist. If you create a new grouplist, make sure that your GROUPLIST SIT parameter includes the new list.

EYUnnnG1 will be either EYU140G1 for CICS/TS 1.3 or EYU220G1 for CICS/TS 2.2.

3.8.3 System initialization parametersIn order to give full function to CICS/PM, the following monitoring options need to be set:

� MN=ON� MNPER=ON� MNRES=ON

The CICS region is declared as an LMAS by specifying CPSMCONN=LMAS, which will start the CICSPlex SM agent code. This is available when PTF UQ71532 for CICS/TS 1.3 or PTF UQ71534 for CICS/TS 2.2 has been applied, as detailed in Chapter 1, “CICS online performance overview” on page 3.

Further information about the CPSMCONN system initialization parameter can be found in the latest CICS System Definition Guide, SC33-1682.

3.8.4 LMAS parameters and JCL changesWe need to create the parameters for the CICSPlex SM LMAS initialization using sample member CMZLMASP in library SCMZSAMP. This requires editing and moving them to library EYUPARM.

You will need to have chosen a name for your CICSplex in 3.1.1, “Planning your installation” on page 27 and replaced @plexname@ with it. You will also need to replace @sysid@ with the CMAS CICS sysid, which is used for communication.

The parameter member can be renamed to your site standard as long as the EYUPARM DD in your CICS region JCL reflects this. Our parameter file looked like Example 3-19 and the EYUPARM DD can be seen in Example 3-20.

If you do not use your region name as an APPLID, the parameter NAME(@region_name@) needs to be added (where @region_name@ = your start-up procedure name).

Example 3-19 LMAS agent code parameters

* @plexname@ - CICSplex name * @sysid@ - CMAS sysid CICSPLEX(SC53PLEX) * Specify the CICSplex to which this server belongsCMASSYSID(CMA1) * Specify the SYSIDNT of the CMAS managing this MASMASPLTWAIT(YES) * CICS must wait until MAS is fully initialised * * Note: Add a NAME(@regionname@) parameter if the REGION name is NOT * the same as the APPLID

Note: Unless you also reassemble your MCT with FIELS>0, MNRES by itself will not give you TASKFILE records.


Example 3-20 EYUPARM DD statement

//EYUPARM DD DSN=CICSSYSF.CICSPM.SC53.EYUPARM(LMASPARM),DISP=SHR

3.8.5 Restart the LMAS You need to do at least a COLD start to invoke the agent code in your CICS region.

A successful start of the LMAS will look like Example 3-21.

Example 3-21 Successful LMAS connection

EYUNX0001I SCSCMMA1 LMAS PLTPI program starting EYUXL0003I SCSCMMA1 CPSM Version 220 LMAS startup in progress EYUXL0022I SCSCMMA1 LMAS Phase I initialization complete EYUXL0211I SCSCMMA1 CPSM Start Up Parameters EYUXL0212I SCSCMMA1 * @plexname@ - CICSplex name EYUXL0212I SCSCMMA1 * @sysid@ - CMAS sysid EYUXL0212I SCSCMMA1 CICSPLEX(SC53PLEX) * Specify the CICSplex to which this server belongEYUXL0212I SCSCMMA1 CMASSYSID(CMA1) * Specify the SYSIDNT of the CMAS managing this MAEYUXL0212I SCSCMMA1 MASPLTWAIT(YES) * CICS must wait until MAS is fully initialised EYUXL0212I SCSCMMA1 * EYUXL0212I SCSCMMA1 * Note: Add a NAME(@regionname@) parameter if the REGION name is NOT EYUXL0212I SCSCMMA1 * the same as the APPLID EYUXL0020I SCSCMMA1 ESSS connection in progress to CICSPLEX(SC53PLEX) for SYSID(CMA1) EYUXL0004I SCSCMMA1 ESSS connection complete EYUCL0006I SCSCMMA1 ESSS link to SCSCCMA1 established EYUXL0007I SCSCMMA1 LMAS Phase II initialization complete EYUNL0099I SCSCMMA1 LMAS LRT initialization complete

This step needs to be repeated for each CICS region you wish to monitor with CICS/PM. Our setup now looks like Figure 3-7 on page 58. We added CICS regions B, C and D just to show potential application groupings.


Figure 3-7 Our setup after LMAS creation

3.9 Security implicationsAlthough we had security turned off in our system purely for convenience, it would be unrealistic for this to be the case in a normal site.

The two subjects for security are the external security manager protection of functions within CICSPlex SM, and PassTicket support.

3.9.1 Securing CICSPlex SMTo run CICSPlex SM with security switched on, you need SEC=YES in the CICS system initialization parameters in all regions of the CICSplex, and the CMAS initialization parameter SEC(YES) from 3.5.3, “Creating the CMAS parameters” on page 38. Having these security parameters switched on will cause the CMAS to check the relevant CPSMOBJ general resource class to determine if that particular user, who will have gained access through CICS/PM and the Web user interface, has the correct permissions.

The CPSMOBJ profiles are:

� ANALYSIS.DEF.cicsplex_name� TOPOLOGY.DEF.cicsplex_name� CONFIG.DEF.cmas_name� OPERATE.type.context.scope

Further information can be found in CICS Performance Monitor User’s Guide, GC34-6194 and also in CICSPlex SM Web User Interface Guide, SC34-6018.


(E Y U D R E P )

S C S 3 G R P 2 S C S 3 G R P 1


S C S C M M A 1


C IC S B


C IC S C


C IC S D


C IC S /P M


S C 5 3 P L E X


C A SP A R M S

(E Y U IP R M )

C A SS C 5 3 C A S



C M Z L M A S P

C M Z W U IP M

C M ZW U IIN



3.9.2 PassTicket supportPassTicket support is used when a workstation client connects to the Web user interface, and a single session is generated for that userid for the CICS/PM client and any browser windows that may be opened as a result of client activity. In order for this to happen, the Web user interface needs to be able to get a PassTicket from your external security manager software. This is achieved by defining the required PTKTDATA profile using the Web user interface server APPLID as the profile name.

For more information on PassTicket support, see CICS Performance Monitor User’s Guide, GC34-6194, and also z/OS Security Server RACF Security Administrator’s Guide, SA22-7683.

Notes: PassTickets are also used to authenticate users when they send requests to the CICS PM tcpipservice.

The NO REPLAY PROTECTION facility must be activated for the PTKTDATA profile for the Web user interface server.


Chapter 4. Customizing an existing CPSM installation to use CICS PM

CICS PM communicates with the host through the CICSPlex Web user interface. This chapter assumes you already have a CICSPlex SM environment up and running on your target system and that you already have a CICSPlex Web user interface region.

If you do not have CICSPlex on your target system, go to Chapter 3, “CICSPlex SM installation” on page 25 instead of this chapter. If you have a CICSPlex running but do not have a Web user interface region, go to 3.7, “CICSPlex SM Web User Interface (WUI)” on page 46 to build and configure a CISCPlex Web user interface region.

The following steps are all that is needed to configure your existing CICSPlex SM environment for CICS PM:

1. Upgrade your Web user interface region CSD with the CICS PM resources.

2. Import the CICS PM threshold definitions into your CMAS repository.

3. Add CICS PM support to your Web user interface server.

4. Add PassTicket support.

4


4.1 Upgrade your Web user interface region CSD with the CICS PM resources

The CSD used by your CICSPlex Web user interface region must be updated to include the new CICS PM resources.

CICS PM provides you with a sample job called CMZCSDUG, located in the SCMZINST data set, which will define the resources needed to build and set up a new CICSplex. This job can be used to add the CICS PM components to your existing CICSPlex Web user interface region’s CSD.

At this point you need to decide what TCP/IP Service port number CICS PM will use. A good idea is to choose a number similar to the port that is currently in use by your CICSPlex Web user interface server.

Once you have a port number, edit and run job CMZCSDUG. The job contains editing instructions in the JCL comments that you should follow, but remember you also have to remove the extra CICSPlex EYU* and DFH* statements, keeping only the CICS PM CMZ* resources, and set your CICS PM Port number. The job will import the required CICS PM resources and update your existing Web user interface region’s startup list with the new CICS PM resources. Example 4-1 shows you the SYSIN input you need.

Example 4-1 Input statements required to run CMZCSDUG for CICS TS 2.2

//SYSIN DD * * Use these statement for CICS TS 2.2 UPGRADE USING (CMZ22CSD) ADD GROUP(CMZPMSRV) LIST(PJA2LIST) ADD GROUP(CMZIPSRV) LIST(PJA2LIST) * Alter the port number for the CICS PM server: ALTER TCPIPSERVICE(CMZTCPIP) GROUP(CMZIPSRV) PORTNUMBER(9011) /*

After running CMZCSDUG and installing the new groups, you end up with two ports, one for CICSPlex under EYUWUI and one for CICS PM under CMZTCPIP.

Example 4-2 WUI region display of the required TCPIPService definitions

I TCPIPS STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY Tcpips(CMZSRVIP) Bac( 00010 ) Con(0000) Por(09011) Http Nos Ope Tra(CWXN) Urm( CMZANAL ) Ipa(9.12.6.29 ) Wai Tcpips(EYUWUI ) Bac( 00100 ) Con(0000) Por(09001) Http Nos Ope Tra(CWXN) Urm( EYU9VWAN ) Ipa(9.12.6.29 ) Tim

You should also see the following resources in your Web user interface region with the two groups now in your Web user interface region’s startup group list.

Example 4-3 CICS PM Resources installed by the CMZCSDUG job

E G(CMZ*) ENTER COMMANDS NAME TYPE GROUP CMZSRVIP TCPIPSERVICE CMZIPSRV

Note: When your Web user interface region starts up it will automatically define and install the EYUWUI TCP/IP Service definitions.


CMZANAL PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZCEMT PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZEVAL PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZEVLD PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZINIT PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZLVAL PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZNGEN PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZRACT PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZRRPR PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZRTDP PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZSRVR PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZSTRM PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZTREY PROGRAM CMZPMSRV CMZ1 TRANSACTION CMZPMSRV CMZL TDQUEUE CMZPMSRV

Example 4-4 CICS PM Groups installed in the WUI region group list

E L(PJA2LIST) ENTER COMMANDS NAME TYPE LIST ITSOEJB GROUP PJA2LIST PJA2IIOP GROUP PJA2LIST C52CMAC GROUP PJA2LIST DFHEJVS GROUP PJA2LIST PJA2GRP GROUP PJA2LIST PJAAI62 GROUP PJA2LIST EYU220GW GROUP PJA2LIST TRADERBL GROUP PJA2LIST CMZPMSRV GROUP PJA2LIST CMZIPSRV GROUP PJA2LIST

4.2 Import the CICS PM threshold definitions into your CMAS repository

CICS PM provides you with a sample job called CMZBTCH to create the sample CMZBASE definitions that you can use/copy in the GUI. You need to import the CMZBASE definitions for each CICSplex that you want to use them in. What is needed is to edit that job, removing all the extra statements so that you only add the CICS PM components to your existing CICSPlex repository.

Edit and run job CMZBTCH from your SCMZINST data set. Edit the job according to the instructions in the JCL comments, making sure to set the CONTEXT parm to your CICSplex. Example 4-5 shows a list of the input statements you need.

Example 4-5 Input statements required to run CMZBTCH

//CMZDEFS DD * * * First set the Context to the CMAS: CONTEXT SC66PLEX * OPTION DUPREC UPDATE IMPORT CMZSTDEF * * *

Chapter 4. Customizing an existing CPSM installation to use CICS PM 63

* Finally, print all definitions associated with * the current Context (i.e. CICSPlex plexname). CONTEXT SC66PLEX PRINT RTADEF * PRINT EVALDEF * PRINT ACTNDEF * /*

4.3 Add CICS PM support to your Web user interface server1. Add the SCMZLOAD library to your Web user interface regions DFHRPL DD

concatenation.

2. Import the CICS PM initial set of views and menus. There are several ways to do this, but we found that the following steps worked best:

a. Edit your Web user interface region JCL, updating the EYUCOVI DD card to point to member CMZEVIEW in data set SCMZVIEW.

b. Update the EYUWUI parameters, which is pointed to by the EYUWUI DD card in your Web user interface region JCL, setting the DEFAULTMENU and DEFAULTNAVIGATE parameters as listed in Example 4-6.

Example 4-6 Parameter input from EYUWUI DD card

TCPIPHOSTNAME(wtsc66oe.itso.ibm.com)TCPIPport(9001) DEFAULTCMASCTXT(SCSCCMAS) DEFAULTCONTEXT(SC66PLEX) DEFAULTMENU(IBM_CMZMENU) DEFAULTNAVIGATE(IBM_CMZNAVIGATE) DEFAULTSCOPE(SC66PLEX)

c. Restart your Web user interface region.

d. Use the COVC transaction option 5 to import all menus and views using the COVI TDQ. This step copies the CICS PM views and menus from the data set pointed to by the COVI TDQ, which should be SCMZVIEW, into your CICSPlex Web user interface repository data set, which should be EYUWREP.

Note: DEFAULTCMASTXT must be set to the CMAS that the Web user interface server connects to.


Figure 4-1 COVC transaction option 5

4.4 Add PassTicket supportWe didn’t use this option due to an internal test machine with minimum security configured. The CICS Performance Monitor User’s Guide, GC34-6194, does a good job of explaining this function.

COVC CICSPlex SM Web User Interface Control EYUVCTI Import Input TDQ Name : COVI Name of extrapartition TDQ for import Type : ALL Menu | Viewset | All Import option : OVERWRITE Skip | Overwrite | DELETE Current Status : Ready Time : 15:00:19 Applid : SCSCPJA2 Date : 11/25/2002 EYUVS0916I Import operation completed successfully. 95 objects processed.

Note: The import operation could take several minutes. Also, trying to browse the SCMZVIEW data set will lock up your session for 5 or 10 minutes.

Chapter 4. Customizing an existing CPSM installation to use CICS PM 65

Chapter 5. CICS PM client installation

The workstation client installation is similar to most PC product installations. The install program does all the work under the covers with just a few simple commands from you. These are the basic tasks that you need to do:

1. Review prerequisites.

2. Download the CICS PM workstation client.

3. Unload and Install the CICS PM workstation client.

5

Note: Do not start the CICS PM product yet. There’s still a couple of items to complete on the host side of the product.


5.1 Reviewing prerequisitesIf your workstation and host are current, you should be ready to go, but if there is a question about any software requirements, consult chapter 3 in your CICS Performance Monitor User’s Guide, GC34-6194 in the section “Prerequisite software” for a complete list.

5.2 Download the CICS PM workstation clientUsing the SCMZDWLD data set unloaded on the host via the SMPE install step, download member CMZEMW32 to your workstation (as a binary) as CMZSETUP.EXE into a temporary directory.

The CICS CICS Performance Monitor User’s Guide, GC34-6194 gives a detailed overview of the entire process, showing two different methods you can use to download the workstation client. By trying both methods it appears that the Terminal Emulation method was simpler (one command as opposed to many for the FTP download), but the FTP method was much faster, 2 minutes vs. about 10 minutes—so you choose, simplicity or speed.

5.2.1 FTP downloadThe FTP instructions in CICS Performance Monitor User’s Guide, GC34-6194, are quite good, so we wont rewrite them, but Example 5-1 shows the commands as outlined in the manual.

Example 5-1 FTP download sample

C:\>ftpftp> open wtsc66oe.itso.ibm.comConnected to wtsc66oe.itso.ibm.com.220-FTPDOE1 IBM FTP CS V1R2 at wtsc66oe.itso.ibm.com, 14:29:14 on 2002-11-25.220 Connection will not timeout.User (wtsc66oe.itso.ibm.com:(none)): cicsrs5331 Send password please.Password:230 CICSRS5 is logged on. Working directory is "/u/cicsrs5".ftp> bin200 Representation type is Imageftp> cd 'cmz.scmzdwld'250 The working directory "CMZ.SCMZDWLD" is a partitioned data setftp> dir200 Port request OK.125 List started OK Name VV.MM Created Changed Size Init Mod IdCMZEMW32CMZEREAD250 List completed successfully.ftp: 212 bytes received in 0.00Seconds 212000.00Kbytes/sec.ftp> get cmzemw32 cmzsetup.exe200 Port request OK.125 Sending data set CMZ.SCMZDWLD(CMZEMW32) FIXrecfm 80250 Transfer completed successfully.ftp: 19167520 bytes received in 126.42Seconds 151.62Kbytes/sec.ftp> close221 Quit command received. Goodbye.ftp> bye


C:\>

5.2.2 Terminal emulation downloadIf you have a 3270 terminal session to your host, this may be the easiest option—one command as compared to many commands for the FTP method. Before you try and issue the RECEIVE command, make sure your 3270 host session is at a command prompt dialog, usually ISPF option 6, otherwise it will get hung up trying to process the IND$FILE GET command.

Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2 show what your host session should look like, and the RECEIVE command entered in a command prompt window.

Figure 5-1 Your host screen session must be in Command mode via ISPF option 6

Figure 5-2 Terminal emulation download sample

5.3 Unload and Install the CICS PM workstation clientLocate the CMZSETUP exe file that you just downloaded and run it. Using the Windows Start -> Search -> For Files and Folders function to look for files starting with CMZ* is a quick and easy way to find it.

Menu List Mode Functions Utilities Help ssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssss ISPF Command Shell Enter TSO or Workstation commands below: ===> Place cursor on choice and press enter to Retrieve command => IND$FILE GET 'CMZ.SCMZDWLD(CMZEMW32)' => => => => => =>

C:\>receive cmzsetup.exe a:'cmz.scmzdwld(cmzemw32)'

The file transfer request is being processed. Number of bytes transferred : 19167520 File transfer complete.

C:\>

Chapter 5. CICS PM client installation 69

Figure 5-3 Initial install screen from running CMZSETUP.EXE; select Next

Figure 5-4 Type selection screen; select Next


Figure 5-5 Select Install

Figure 5-6 That’s it, click Finish and you’re done

5.4 Connect and start working with CICS PMAt this point both your Web browser and your workstation client should be operational. Let’s go through a quick review of connecting via both methods to get started.

1. Connecting to CICS PM via your Web Browser


Open your preferred Web browser and select your existing CICSPlex Web user interface URL, as long as you tailored your CICSPlex EYUWUI parameters correctly to point to CICS PM. See 4.3, “Add CICS PM support to your Web user interface server” on page 64 if you are still connecting to your CICSPlex Web user interface instead of CICS PM.

Figure 5-7 Start off connecting to your existing CICSPlex WUI URL

Figure 5-8 Sign on using your host userid

Note: If the Web user interface is running with SEC=YES in the SIT, then the signon screen shown in Figure 5-8 will be different. Also, when you are running your Web user interface with SEC=NO in the SIT, any non-blank value may be specified as the value for your userid. It does not need to be defined to an external security manager (ESM), or be the same as your TSO userid.


Figure 5-9 The CICSPlex WUI screens take you to the CICS PM main screen

Chapter 7, “The CICSPlex SM Web User Interface” on page 121 discusses using the CICS PM Web user interface in detail.

2. Connecting to CICS PM via your workstation client software

Using your Start menu, locate the client software. It should be under Start -> Programs -> IBM CICS Performance Monitor -> IBM CICS Performance Monitor.


Figure 5-10 Start menu selection for CICS PM

Once the product starts, it asks you for your CICS Performance Monitor Server address and port. The server address is the address that is entered in the TCPIPHOSTNAME field pointed to by the EYUWUI card in your Web user interface region JCL. The port is the port number you chose for CICS PM (see Figure 4-1, “COVC transaction option 5” on page 65). Now you will be asked for your Userid and Password, then select OK. You should get a Topology Refreshing window and after that completes, you should see Connected in the bottom left corner of the CICS PM. The IP address and port number you enter are the values that you specified on the CMZIPSRV tcpipservice.

See Chapter 6, “GUI interface” on page 75 for detailed information about using the CICS PM GUI.

Note: The CICS PM product only asks for the CICS PM server address, but under the covers it locates the EYUWUI port to allow communication with the CICSPlex Web user interface.


Chapter 6. GUI interface

This chapter provides a description of the CICS PM workstation client. The workstation client is a Java application that provides a graphical user interface on a Windows workstation. The workstation client connects to a CICSPlex SM Web User Interface (WUI) server, and displays information about all the CICS regions in the CICSplexes to which the server has access.

6


6.1 Workstation client startupClicking the IBM CICS Performance Monitor selection on the Windows Start menu brings up the initial CICS PM screen; see Figure 6-1.

Figure 6-1 CICS PM initial screen

Connect dialogCICS PM requires a user ID to connect to, and maintain a single session with, a CICSPlex SM Web User Interface (WUI) server. CICS PM polls the server regularly to check for new events, and the frequency of this polling activity is normally enough to keep the session open.

If the Web User Interface server is running with security enabled, the password associated with the user ID is also needed to complete the connection. The dialog used to connect the CICS PM client with the Web User Interface server is illustrated in Figure 6-2, “CICS PM Connect dialog box” on page 77.


Figure 6-2 CICS PM Connect dialog box

The information needed to complete the Connect dialog is as follows:

Host Name

The host name of the MVS system on which the CICS PM server is running. Since the CICS PM server must run in a Web User Interface server CICS region, the name is the same as the TCPIPHOSTNAME initialization parameter in the Web user interface region.

Port

The port number specified in the TCPIPSERVICE definition for the CICS PM host server application.

This is the port number specified in the TCPIPSERVICE definition in the CMZIPSRV CSD group.

User ID

A user ID as defined to the external security manager on the host. Fore example, it could be a TSO user ID.

Password

The password associated with the specified user ID. It is only required if the Web user interface server is running with SEC=YES.

Change Password

Click to change the password associated with the user ID in the external security manager.

Reconnect

Reconnect to the host if the specified user ID is already logged on to the host.

Considerations for more than one workstation clientMore than one CICS PM workstation client can be connected to the same Web User Interface server. The connections can be on either the same or different workstations. The stipulation is that each CICS PM connection must use a different user ID.

If multiple workstation clients are started on the same workstation, using the standard shortcut installed in the Programs folder of the Windows Start menu, each task starts with the default Java launch options for CICS PM. One consequence of this is that all trace output will be written to the same files on the workstation. To run multiple sessions with different trace files, start the client with the Cmzdebug.bat command file. This enables the specification of different workstation files to receive trace output.

Chapter 6. GUI interface 77

6.2 Workstation client componentsThe workstation client has two components:

� The Monitoring component

This component monitors the status of multiple CICS regions within CICSplexes. The areas of CICS that are to be monitored are determined by thresholds that have been created and installed using the threshold definition component of CICS PM. The information resulting from monitoring is presented in a single window:

The Event Monitor window

This is the primary window, which is opened automatically upon the successful start and connection between the CICS PM workstation client and the CICSPlex SM Web User Interface server. The Event Monitor window provides functions to report events triggered in the monitored CICSplexes. It also provides hypertext links to other CICS PM windows or to a CICSPlex SM Web User Interface browser view for appropriate action.

� The Threshold definition component

This component is used to create and maintain threshold definitions for events to be monitored. The definitions name the resource and set the thresholds that determine when an event is to be reported. The thresholds can be either provided by CICS PM or created by the user. The threshold definition component has two windows:

– The Threshold Definitions window

The Threshold Definitions window provides functions that facilitate the creation of threshold definitions and the saving of them into a local CICSPlex SM (CMAS) repository, and optionally install them for immediate use. CICS PM threshold definitions are simplified forms of CICSPlex SM real-time analysis definitions.

– The Installed Threshold Definitions window

The Installed Threshold Definitions window provides the function of viewing threshold values currently installed. The window has three panes, two of which are used to set the viewing scope of thresholds shown in the third. The bottom right side of the window has a discard button that removes an installed threshold.

6.3 CICS PM window navigationNavigation between the three CICS PM components can be accomplished by using either the Topology menu item (Figure 6-3 on page 79), or the Window menu item (Figure 6-4 on page 79) at the top of the CICS PM window, or using the tabs (Figure 6-5 on page 79) located at the bottom of the CICS PM window just above the Monitor window status area.


Figure 6-3 Topology menu selection

Figure 6-4 Window menu selection

Figure 6-5 CICS PM window navigation tabs

6.3.1 Monitor window status areaThe Monitor window status area (Figure 6-6), runs across the bottom of the Monitor window and shows status information about the CICS PM workstation client connection with the host.

Figure 6-6 Monitor window status area

Window navigation options



CICS PM host and port numbers

Connection and topology state


Status information is as follows:

Connection and topology state

The value shown in the first field is one of the following:

No connection

The workstation client is not connected to the CICSPlex SM Web User Interface server, and the event monitor window has no content.

Building topology

The workstation client is connected to the CICSPlex SM Web User Interface server and is obtaining topology information. The messages following the Building topology statement indicate the progress of the task. This transient state is in effect while the topology tree is being built. This status is displayed when the Refresh item on the Topology menu is clicked.

Connected

The workstation client is connected to the CICSPlex SM Web User Interface server. This is the normal operating status for the CICS PM workstation client.

PM host and port number

The host name of the CICSPlex SM Web User Interface server, and in parentheses the TCP/IP designation followed by the port number for the CICS PM connection, and the port number for the CICSPlex SM Web User Interface connection.

6.4 Monitoring componentThe monitoring component shows, in a graphical user interface, the status of all CICS regions in all monitored CICSplexes based on the threshold definitions created and installed by the user using CICS PM.

6.4.1 Event Monitor windowUpon successfully logging on to the system and connecting to the CICSPlex SM Web User Interface server, the Monitor window appears first and shows the status of the CICSplexes in a graphical form.

Note: The CICS PM workstation client window is designed for display devices configured to run with a minimum resolution of 1024x768 pixels. See Figure 6-7 on page 81. To achieve a non-scrollable resources summary pane, a minimum resolution of 1280x1024 is required. See Figure 6-8 on page 82.


Figure 6-7 Event Monitor window at 1024 x 768 pixels


Figure 6-8 Non-scrollable resource summary pane at 1280x1024 pixels

The monitor window consists of three panes. The proportions of each of these panes can be altered by dragging the pane boundaries as required. When a pane is too small to show the full content, the appropriate horizontal and vertical scroll bars appear.

The topology paneThe topology pane, located on the left-hand side of the Event Monitor window, shows all CICSplexes in a tree structure. See Figure 6-9 on page 83. The topology tree enables the selection of a specific CICSplex, CICS system group, or CICS region to monitor. When a tree node is selected, this sets the scope for the other panes within the Event Monitor window.


Figure 6-9 Topology pane on the Event Monitor window

The topology tree structure objects are navigated with standard navigation actions to expand and collapse nodes on the tree. There is a Topology menu item (see Figure 6-10) that has options that control the appearance of the topology tree, an option that refreshes the topology tree, and an option that launches the Web user interface. The underlined letter of the menu selection represents the shortcut to that item.

Figure 6-10 Topology menu options

The eight menu options are:

Refresh

Refreshes the topology tree with the current set of active regions.

This need only be done when a change has been made to one of the CICSplex configurations. When CICS PM polls CICSPlex SM, it does not include topology information.

Collapse All

Collapse all nodes of the topology tree and show CICSplexes only.


Expand All

Expands all the nodes of the topology tree down to the lowest level, showing all CICS system groups and all members of the groups.

Expand to Events

Expands the topology tree, but only the nodes leading to regions against which events are currently outstanding. Individual regions are shown or not shown according to the current selection of the Show Regions option.

Default Selection

Resets the topology scope to the default scope, which is the first CICSplex in the tree.

Show OK Icon

When selected, a checkmark appears next to this selection. Also, the normal status icon shows next to regions that are in normal status. The region’s appearance in the topology pane is subject to the status of the Show Regions selection.

Show Regions

When selected, a checkmark appears next to this selection. Also, all CICS regions in the CICSplexes are included in the topology pane. When not selected, only CICSplexes and CICS system groups show in the topology pane.

Launch WUI

When selected, CICS PM launches a browser window holding the CICS PM main menu for interfacing with the CICSPlex SM Web User Interface server. See Figure 6-11.

Figure 6-11 Screen result of launch WUI selection

When a node is selected, that node delineates the scope that controls the source of information on the other panes in the Event Monitor window. Each node in the tree has a pair


of associated icons that tell the type and the status of the node. The topology type icons are explained in Table 6-1; the status icons are explained in Table 6-2.

Table 6-1 The types of nodes in a topology tree and their icons

Table 6-2 Status icons used by CICS PM

The status paneAt the upper right of the Event Monitor window is the status pane that shows one of the following sets of information:

� Resources summary view

This view shows the status of CICS-related resources in summary form. See Figure 6-12 on page 86.

Topology icon Name of object defined to CICSPlex SM

Description

The name of the CICSplex A CICSplex. If there are any current events within the CICSplex, the status icon reflects the highest level of severity in the CICSplex.

The name of the CICS system group

A CICS system group. The status icon reflects the highest level of severity in the group.

The other system group A group for CICS regions that are not defined to a specific system group.

The name of the CICS region

A CICS region. The status icon shows the highest level of severity in the region.

Status Icon Description

No status icon No status icon indicates either the node is not active, or the Show OK Icon menu item has not been selected. If the CICS Region is not active, the CICS region icon is also removed, leaving only the name of the region.

Normal. There are no current events outstanding.

Warning. There is at least one current event that has been triggered by a threshold defined as warning or HW.

Severe. There is at least one current event that has been triggered by a threshold defined as severe or HS.

Very Severe. There is at least one current event that has been triggered by a threshold defined as very severe or VHS.


Figure 6-12 Resources summary view of the status pane

The Resources summary view contains sets of push buttons organized in arrays of three for each type of resource. The sets are in logical groups of resource type, such as activity, files and DB2, and so on. Each array relates to one of the resource types against which you can define an event threshold. The three buttons in an array are identified as follows:

The left-most button is the subject button, shown in Figure 6-13.

Figure 6-13 Subject button

This button has the name of the resource monitored and is a hypertext link to the CICSPlex SM Web user interface. Click this button to open the Web browser resource table page for the resource (Figure 6-14 on page 87). The browser shows instances of the resource for the current scope only. When there can be only one instance of the named resource (such as a DB2 connection), the details page is shown.

Resource name


Figure 6-14 Resource-specific browser page

This function is equivalent to choosing the Event List -> Link To -> Resource Type menu option, or to clicking the Resource field in a row of events. However, clicking the subject button gives a direct link to the relevant browser page even when there is no current event against the resource.

The center button is the region histories button, shown in Figure 6-15.

Figure 6-15 Region histories button

This button is a hypertext link to another CICS PM pane. Click this button to open the CICS region histories view. See Figure 6-16 on page 88. When this button is clicked, the status pane changes to show a region history view for the resource located on the node highlighted in the topology pane. If the highlighted node is a CICSplex or a CICS system group, a region history view is shown for all of the CICS system groups or CICS regions assigned.

Also, when this button is clicked, the event list pane shows all events triggered for that resource within the scope highlighted on the topology pane. Event severities shown in the region summary correspond to the highest severity event currently outstanding against the resource.

CICS region icon


Figure 6-16 Region histories view as a result of clicking the region histories button

The right-most button is the event button, shown in Figure 6-17.

Figure 6-17 Event button

This button holds an icon that indicates the status of the resource. The status is as found in Table 6-2 on page 85.

This event button also acts as a filter for the event list. For example, if the event status line shows the message:

Status for scope: CICSplex Filter: Tasks

and the event button for Local Files is clicked, the status line message changes to:

Status for scope: CICSplex Filter: Local Files

and only local files events are displayed in the event list.

� Regions histories view

This is a graphical view of the status history of the regions within the current scope. See Figure 6-18 on page 89. The status history is maintained for the past 30 minutes, displayed in six five-minute periods using the status icons as found in Table 6-2 on page 85. If no events occur in a five-minute period, the normal status icon is shown for that period. If events do occur within a five-minute period, the icon shows the highest level event triggered.

Event status icon


Figure 6-18 Region histories view of status pane

The region histories pane has two sections. The top section contains the history of the item selected. When the selection is a CICSplex or CICS system group, an overall history view of the selected item is shown in the top section and the bottom section shows an overall history of subordinate nodes. When the selection is a CICSplex, the subordinate nodes are the CICS system groups assigned to the CICSplex and a node named Other systems that covers all CICS regions in the CICSplex not assigned to a CICS system group.

When the selection is a CICS system group, the subordinate nodes are the CICS regions assigned to the group. When the selection is a CICS region, the bottom section is blank. The scope of information shown in the region histories view is shown in the event list status area below the region histories pane. The name next to Status for scope: is the name in the top section of the region histories pane. The name next to Filter: is the resource the region history is reporting on. Each node in the history view is represented by a triplet of adjoining buttons and six boxes showing event status history, with groups and CICS regions ordered in alphabetical order by name. The buttons are as follows:

– Left-most or node button, shown in Figure 6-19.

Figure 6-19 Node button

This button is a hypertext link to the CICSPlex SM Web User Interface. The button label is the name of the node, such as a CICSplex name, a CICS system group name, or a CICS region name.

Note: A normal status history does not necessarily mean that no events occurred during the history period, only that CICS PM did not collect any reported events for that period. CICS PM can only report events that are active when CICS PM polls CICSPlex SM to collect details of all currently active events.

Therefore, it is possible for an event detected and recorded by CICSPlex SM to be cleared before CICS PM calls CICSPlex SM at one of its regular polling intervals. In this case, CICS PM does not report the event because the event was no longer active at the time CICS PM polled CICSPlex SM.

Region history of WLSTORS CICS system group


Click this button to open the appropriate Web browser window for the node. This button provides direct access to the Web browser CICS region views even when there is not a current event for the region in the event list.

If the node that is selected is a CICSplex or CICS system group, the browser shows the CICS region tabular view (Figure 6-20) listing all regions in the associated node.

Figure 6-20 CICS region tabular view

If the node that is selected is a CICS region, the browser shows the CICS region detailed view (Figure 6-21 on page 91) for the selected region.


Figure 6-21 CICS region detailed view

– Center or reserved, shown in Figure 6-22.

Figure 6-22 Reserved button

This button is not active and is reserved for future use.

– Right-most or event button, shown in Figure 6-23.

Figure 6-23 Event button

This button is labelled with the current status of the resource. The status icon explanation is shown in Table 6-2 on page 85.

Note: The severity indicated is that specified in the installed threshold definitions and is not a system-determined value.

Reserved button

Current event status


Clicking the current event status button resets the scope in the topology tree and the top section of the region histories pane to the node associated with the event. Also, the event list pane resets to show only events of this type triggered for thresholds defined to that node.

– Region history icons, shown in Figure 6-24.

Figure 6-24 Region history icons

The region history portion of the view is a group of six icons. Each icon represents the highest level of severity for events that occurred during that five-minute period. The history refreshes from left to right with the right-most icon being the oldest five-minute period. Together the icons show a 30-minute history of the CICSplex, CICS system group, or CICS region.

The event list paneThe bottom-right pane of the event status window shows outstanding events within the selected scope that might require intervention or investigation. See Figure 6-25. An event is caused when an installed threshold definition is reached or exceeded. The scope can be an entire CICSplex, a CICS system group, or a single CICS region. CICS PM polls the server every 30 seconds after receiving the last event details from the server. Thus, the interval between event lists is 30 seconds plus the time taken to request and receive the list of events from the server.

Figure 6-25 Event list pane

The event list pane has two components, the event list status area and the event list area.

� Event list status area

This area is at the top of the event list pane. It indicates the scope selected for the events in the event list and whether there is a filter in force. Scope is applied in several ways. It can be applied using the topology pane to the left. It can also be applied by clicking Event on a node in the region histories pane.

The filter is applied when either Region histories or Event on one of the resources summary items is clicked. The filter can also be applied using the Event List menu item at the top of the screen. The event list status area also has a Clear Filter button which removes the filter, if one is applied, and causes all events within the current scope to appear on the event list area.

� Event list area

This area holds a table of triggered events limited by the scope and filter shown in the event status area. Table entry fields that are underlined are fields with hypertext links to

Region history in six five-minute periods


other windows within CICS PM, or to Web browser pages that are part of CICSPlex SM Web user interface. When appropriate, a scroll bar appears to facilitate viewing all of the information for all of the events.

Figure 6-26 Event list table heading area

Each event in the table is described by data in the following columns:

Event

This field is a hypertext link that opens the “Installed definitions” window (Figure 6-27 on page 95). The field holds the name of the threshold definition that triggered the event. This name is generated when the threshold is created and stored in the CMAS repository as part of the definition. Generated names have the first three characters of CMZ. There are several events that are predefined and installed as part of the CICSPlex SM system availability monitoring function that may appear in the event list. Their names are:

• !!SAMOPS - A CICS system is not available.

• !!SAMSOS - A CICS dynamic storage area (DSA) is short on storage.

• !!SAMSDM - A CICS system dump is in progress.

• !!SAMTDM - A CICS transaction dump is in progress.

• !!SAMMAX - A CICS system has reached maximum tasks.

• !!SAMSTL - One or more tasks in a CICS system are stalled because of contention for resources such as DBCTL, DL/I, transient data, files, journals, and temporary storage.

Region

This field is a hypertext link that opens the Web browser to the CICS region details screen (Figure 6-21 on page 91). The field holds the region name of the event.

Resource

This field is a hypertext link that opens the Web browser to the page for the named resource type (Figure 6-14 on page 87). The field holds the name of the resource type associated with the event.

Identifier

This field is a hypertext link that opens the Web browser to the details page of the named resource (Figure 6-28 on page 95). The field holds the name of the resource that triggered the event.

Note: Clicking on a field name in the event list table heading area (Figure 6-26) will cause the event list to be sorted in descending sequence, using the selected field as the sort key. Subsequent clicking of the field will cause the event list to cycle between ascending and descending sequence, using the selected field.

Click on one of the heading field names to sort the event list, using the field name as a sort key.


Attribute

This field holds the attribute whose state is being tested within the resource type, that is, the operand of the threshold expression.

Operator

The test that is being made on the attribute. That is, the operator component of the threshold expression.

EQ - Equal to.

NE - Not equal to.

GE - Greater than or equal to.

LE - Less than or equal to.

Reference Value

The value the attribute and operator are to be applied to. When the expression evaluates to true, an event is triggered for this resource. For example if the Attribute is OPENSTATUS, the operator is EQ, and this value is CLOSED, the event is triggered whenever the OPENSTATUS of this resource becomes CLOSED.

Current Value

The value of the threshold attribute at the time the event was generated.

Severity

The severity assigned to the event in the threshold definition. CICS PM uses three severity icons that correspond to warning, severe, and very severe.

Priority

The priority of the event. (this is a CICSPlex SM attribute, which is defaulted to 1 in CICS PM and included to support coexistence of CICSPlex SM and CICS PM events.)

Time

The date and time the event was triggered.

Description

The event description entered when the threshold was created. The text can include key phases that can provide additional information not available from the generated event name. Maximum length of this field is 30 characters.

Note: When a row in the event list is selected, the background color of the selected field becomes red with white lettering. The hypertext link fields become blue with white lettering. The remaining fields become black with white lettering.


Figure 6-27 Installed definitions hypertext link example

Figure 6-28 Identifier hypertext link example


The Event List menu (Figure 6-29), provides the following options:

Figure 6-29 Event List menu

Filter by Resource

When the current view is the Event Summary pane, the filter parameter is the resource type. If this option is selected, CICS PM opens a dialog through which the resource type to be used as a filter can be specified. See Figure 6-30.

Figure 6-30 Filter by resource dialog box

Filter by Region

When the current view is the Region Summary pane, the filter parameter is a CICS region. If this option is selected, CICS PM opens a dialog through which the region to be used as a filter can be specified. See Figure 6-31.

Figure 6-31 Filter by Region dialog box


Show All

Selecting this option removes any filters in operation against the Event list. All events in the currently selected scope are shown, sorted to the last-used sort sequence in the default sort column.

Sort

Select this menu item to open a dialog to apply a sort key to the event list. Figure 6-32 shows the sort key selection dialog box. Clicking on a field name and OK in the Sort dialog box has the same effect as clicking a field name on the Event list table heading.

Figure 6-32 Sort menu option dialog box

Link to

Select this option to show a sub-menu listing hypertext links in the Event list (Figure 6-33). The submenu is only available when the current cursor focus is on a hypertext link in the Event list. Clicking on any of the submenu options has the same effect as clicking on the corresponding hypertext link on an event on the Event list pane. The submenu options are:

Figure 6-33 Event list -> Link to menu options

Event

Opens the Installed Threshold Definitions window. See Figure 6-27 on page 95. The scope currently in force for the Event list and the name of the event are passed to the Installed Threshold Definitions window, which opens to show all threshold definitions for that resource type.


Region

Opens a browser window to display CICS region details for the CICS region named in the event. See Figure 6-21 on page 91.

Resource Type

Opens a browser window at the page for the named resource type. See Figure 6-14 on page 87. The content is limited to instances for the current scope only.

Resource Identifier

Opens a browser window to display the resource details page for the named resource in the event record. See Figure 6-28 on page 95.

6.5 Threshold definition componentThis component is used to manage thresholds to be acted upon by CICS PM. With this component of CICS PM, threshold definitions can be created, modified, installed, and discarded.

The component has two windows. The Threshold Definitions window and the Installed Threshold Definitions window.

6.5.1 Threshold definitions The CICS PM workstation client is used to create threshold definitions that express CICSPlex SM real-time analysis (RTA) capability in terms of a single entity, and in a simple form. The CICS PM threshold definitions are created belonging to a group, and they mask over what are really CICSPlex SM definitions that are stored in a CMAS repository. The group of threshold definitions does not have to be installed onto a CICS region for them to exist. However, a threshold definition has to be part of a group in order for it to exist.

Threshold definitions are not associated with any CCS region until they are installed. At installation, the definitions are assigned a scope of CICS regions they are to apply to. Once installed, the definitions persist across CICS region restarts.

The definition of a threshold is an expression that will cause an event to be raised when the expression evaluates to true. Using CICS PM services, only a single condition to be tested can be defined in a threshold. Thus a CICS PM threshold definition is expressed as an attribute name, an operator, and a value.

All of the attributes of a threshold definition can be modified with the exception of the threshold name. The threshold name is generated and managed by CICS PM.

6.5.2 Threshold definition groupsThreshold definition groups are named collections of threshold definitions. Every threshold definition created must be associated with a threshold definition group.

A threshold group has only one attribute:

Name

The name of the threshold definition group, consisting of up to 30 alphanumeric characters.


6.5.3 Threshold Definitions windowThe Threshold Definitions window is a full-function, resizeable window with standard window controls. See Figure 6-34. The window has three panes:

Threshold Groups

CICS Resources

Thresholds

Figure 6-34 Threshold definition window

Threshold Groups paneThe Threshold Groups pane (Figure 6-35 on page 100), provides access to the various threshold definition groups and their associated threshold definitions. The definitions in each group are stored in the CMAS repository with the CICS PM-generated group name as part of the key. When a threshold group is selected, the definitions associated with the group are retrieved from the CMAS repository and displayed on the Threshold Definitions pane (Figure 6-46 on page 109).

Note: When a new threshold definition group is named, CICS PM generates an 8-byte internal name for the group as its key when saving the group in the CMAS repository. The threshold group name you enter at its creation always appears in the threshold groups pane.


Figure 6-35 Threshold groups pane

The threshold groups pane has two sections:

System-supplied default group

This section has only one entry, the CICS PM-supplied default group named CMZBase. This group is intended as a starter set for threshold definitions. It is recommended that the CMZBase group not be modified but copied, and modifications made to the new group. The contents of the group are supplied in the CMZIMPnn member (where nn is the version and release number of CICS TS) of the SCMZPARM data set. The member contents are imported into the CMAS repository by the CMZBATCH utility program.

User-defined threshold group list

This is a list of threshold groups that have been created by CICS PM workstation clients and stored in the CMAS repository. The list reflects groups created for the currently selected CICSplex. The CICSplex selection is determined by which CICSplex was selected in the window from which the threshold definition window was navigated.

For example, if the threshold definition window was switched to from the event monitor window, then the CICSplex being monitored in the event monitor window would be the CICSplex for which the user groups had been defined. The current CICSplex is shown in the Current CICSplex drop-down selection list found at the bottom of the threshold pane (Figure 6-36). This selection list can be used to change the target CICSplex by clicking the down arrow and selecting the desired CICSplex from the list.

Figure 6-36 Current CICSplex drop-down list

The threshold group list is displayed in group name order. Only one group name at a time can be selected. When a group is selected, it sets the context for the resource list in the CICS resources pane (Figure 6-41 on page 103). As a result of the context setting, the icon displayed in the resource list (Figure 6-42 on page 104) indicates whether any thresholds have been defined for that resource set and its associated resources. Also when a group is selected, defined thresholds that are associated with the resource highlighted in the resource pane will be displayed in the Thresholds pane (Figure 6-46 on page 109). When creating threshold groups, consider the scope of the thresholds it will contain. Within a CICSplex, a single threshold might require values that are different for each region or CICS system group. For example, dynamic storage area threshold values could be different for a terminal owning region as compared to an application owning region. Keeping thresholds together that pertain to a single region or a group of like regions helps in the installation and ongoing maintenance of the groups.

System-supplied default group

User-defined threshold group list


The threshold groups pane has a threshold groups menu selection located above the pane (Figure 6-37).

Figure 6-37 Threshold Groups menu selection

The threshold groups menu selection has the following objects:

New...

This selection opens a dialog (Figure 6-38) that allows the creation of a new, empty group. The name entered can be up to 30 alphanumeric characters in length.

Figure 6-38 New threshold group dialog box

Cut

Copies the selected definition group to a temporary save area and deletes the selected definition group and its contents from the CMAS repository. Be aware that deleting a group in this way does not affect any installed thresholds associated with the group until a region with the thresholds installed is restarted.

Copy

Copies the selected group to a temporary save area.

Paste

Pastes previously cut or copied threshold definitions into the selected threshold group, with the threshold name temporarily shown as NewThreshold. A new system-generated name is assigned when you save the changes. This can be used as a method of creating new threshold definitions.

Copied threshold definitions can be pasted into the same threshold group they were copied from, to another group, or to a new group. Cut threshold definitions can be pasted to another group or to a new group.

Delete...

CICS PM immediately removes the selected threshold definitions group from the group list. However, the group is not deleted from the CMAS repository until the delete action is confirmed in the Save changes dialog box (Figure 6-39). If you click No, the group name is restored in the threshold groups pane and nothing is deleted from the CMAS repository. If


you click Yes, the group is then deleted from the CMAS repository. Installed definitions are not affected until a CICS region to which they have been associated is restarted.

Figure 6-39 Save changes dialog box

Save

Saves the group containing all the outstanding new and changed threshold definitions in the current context group to the CMAS repository.

Install

Opens a dialog (Figure 6-40) to enable the installation of all thresholds defined in the current threshold definitions group to a selected scope. The install action presents the CICSplex topology tree from which a scope can be chosen for the install.

Figure 6-40 Install Threshold Group dialog box

Discard Changes

Discards all unsaved threshold definition changes to the selected threshold group.

Resources paneThe Resources pane contains a list of all the resources in CICS PM against which thresholds can be defined. Using this list, a resource type is selected for which a threshold is then defined.

The resources list is a tree representation of CICS resources organized in three levels. The first level is the root node. This level represents all resource types for an entire threshold


group. The second level is the resource group level. This level is a superset of the resource categories shown on the Web user interface navigation frame. See Figure 6-41. The third level is the individual resource types for which thresholds can be defined.

Figure 6-41 CICS Resources pane & Web user interface navigation frame

The icon associated with a resource entry in the tree indicates whether the currently selected threshold definition group holds one or more thresholds defined against that resource type. See Figure 6-42 on page 104 for an explanation of the resource tree icons. When a different threshold group is selected, the resource pane is refreshed and the first category in the list is shown as selected. The threshold pane is then updated accordingly.

Note: Resource types for which CICS PM thresholds cannot be defined are not included in the resource tree structure.

CICS Resources paneWeb user interface navigation pane

Some items arecommonbetween the twoselections.


Figure 6-42 Resource pane icons

The CICS Resources pane supports standard tree navigation actions to expand a node or collapse a node.

When a resource is selected, the threshold pane is updated to show all of the threshold definitions associated with the selected resource within the selected threshold definition group. If no thresholds are defined for the selected resource, the Thresholds pane is empty.

If the root node, All resources, of the resource tree is selected, the threshold pane displays all threshold definitions for all resources associated with the selected threshold group.

The CICS Resources pane has a resources menu selection (Figure 6-43) located above the pane.

Figure 6-43 Resources menu selection

The Resources menu selection has the following objects:

Expand all

Expands every node in the resource types tree to show each resource type for which thresholds can be defined.

Collapse all

Collapses all the resource types tree nodes so that only the root node, All resources, is shown.

Expand To Definitions

Expands only those branches of the resource types tree for which thresholds have been defined in the current threshold group.

Select All

This icon indicates this resource has thresholds defined

This icon indicates this resource has no thresholdsdefined.

This icon indicates this resource group has no thresholdsdefined.

This icon indicates this resource group has thresholds defined.


Sets the current selection to the root node of the resource type tree and causes the Thresholds pane to show all threshold definitions associated with the selected threshold group.

Thresholds paneThe Thresholds pane (Figure 6-44) shows the currently selected threshold definitions list and the threshold status area. The threshold list is determined by the currently selected threshold group and the currently selected resource type for that group.

Figure 6-44 Threshold pane

The threshold pane has a thresholds menu selection (Figure 6-45 on page 106) above the pane.

Note: The Threshold Definitions pane shows only those resource definitions that have names beginning with the letters CMZ. This means they were created using the CICS PM threshold definition service.


Figure 6-45 Thresholds menu selections

The thresholds menu selection has the following items:

Show All

Clicking this selection sets the resource pane selection to the root node and shows all definitions for the current group.

Select All

Selects all the threshold definitions currently shown in the threshold pane.

Deselect All

Deselects all the threshold definitions in the current threshold pane.

New...

Adds a new threshold definition form to the threshold pane. The default values in the new form will be as described in Table 6-3 on page 107.

Cut

Copies the selected threshold definitions to a temporary work area and deletes the selected definitions. The delete action is completed only if a subsequent paste action is performed. If paste is not performed, the definitions remain in the list.

Copy

Copies the selected definitions to a temporary work area.

Paste

Copies the thresholds from the temporary save area to the threshold pane for the currently selected threshold group. The threshold group can be the same group the definitions were copied from or a different group. The copied thresholds are created in the target group with new generated names.

Delete

Deletes the currently selected threshold definitions.

Sort by >

Sorts the thresholds by one of the fields in the following list:

Resource type

The menu option is active only when the Show All menu option has been selected. When active, the thresholds in the threshold pane are sorted by the Resource column on the threshold form.


Resource ID

Sorts definitions in the threshold pane by the Resource Identifier column of the threshold form. All characters in the column are used in the sort key according to their face value in the character set.

Threshold name

Sorts definitions in the threshold pane by their system-generated names in the Name column.

Each threshold definition in the pane is presented as a form containing the attributes of the threshold definition. Descriptions of the Attribute field can be found in CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027. The details of the form are described in Table 6-3.

Table 6-3 Threshold definition form field descriptions

Threshold definition field

Description Value shown in a new form

Resource Resource type, which is determined by the selection from the resource pane.

First resource type in path from selected node.

Name A non-selectable, read-only field. This is a system-generated value.

Resource identifier

A text entry field containing the specific or generic ID of a resource. This corresponds to the KEY attribute in the CICSPlex SM resource table, and also the name of the resource as defined to CICS, such as the file name or the connection name.

Description A text entry field that can hold a description of up to 30 characters.

Attribute A scrollable list of attributes, from which the attribute to be used to monitor the state of the resource is selected.

First item in the attribute list for the specified resource type.

Operator The operator used in the threshold definition condition statement. It can be EQ or NE for a state attribute: or GE or LE for an integer attribute.

This is determined by the type of attribute that appears first in the attribute list for the resource type. If it is a state attribute, the default is EQ. For an integer attribute the default is LE.

Value or Eval data

The value to be tested in the condition statement. This can be a text entry from a scrollable list or a numeric value. Depending on the type of attribute (state or integer).

First attribute value for state variable; blank for integer variable.

Event Severity A user-defined level of severity. There are three severity levels to choose from: HW, HS or VHS.

HW

Sample The sampling interval between evaluations of the condition. This is an integer data entry field. The interval is a numbers of seconds in the range of 1-86400 seconds.

60 seconds, the default value.


The sampling interval: Threshold definitions are stored in the CMAS repository as several RTA analysis definitions. The sampling interval is stored in two of those analysis definitions. Using CICSPlex SM services, you can define different sampling intervals in the two analysis definitions. One interval specifies the interval for collecting data about the state of resources, and the other when the collected data is to be analyzed.

CICS PM threshold definitions allow you to specify only a single value for sampling interval. CICS PM sets the collection interval to the value you specify in the threshold definition form, but sets the analysis interval to only half that value. Thus, for the default sampling interval of 60 seconds, real-time analysis data is collected every 60 seconds and analyzed every 30 seconds.

The sampling interval determines when the resources state data is collected by the CICS regions and passed to the CMAS for subsequent analysis. The analysis happens at a time also determined by the sampling interval. However, data collection and data analysis are not synchronized events. They run as asynchronous activities. The effect of this is that an event can be triggered later than the sampling interval would suggest. For example, if you specify the threshold definition for an ISC or MRO connection as “not equal to acquired”, with a sampling interval of 60 seconds, it is possible that a connection could be in the “not acquired” state for almost 90 seconds before an event is triggered. Table 6-4 illustrates this situation.

Table 6-4 Connection states

Choose the sampling interval carefully to avoid unnecessary overhead in the CICS regions being monitored. The evaluation of resources in the monitored CICS regions is performed by the CICSPlex SM COIR transaction, which runs whenever it is invoked by the CMAS to

Step Time in

mm:ss

Actualstate of

connectionresource

CollectedState

RTA actions

1. Expiry of collection interval

00:00 Acquired Acquired The connection state is collected and the state is recorded as acquired.

2. Connection fails

00:01 Released Acquired One second after the state was collected and saved, the connection fails and its actual state is now released

3. Expiry of analysis interval

00:29 Released Acquired The collected data (from step 1) is analyzed (30 seconds after the previous analysis) and found to be acquired. Result: No event is triggered.


00:59 Released Acquired The collected data (from step 1) is analyzed (30 seconds after the previous analysis) and found to be acquired. Result: No event is triggered.

5. Expiry of collection interval

01:00 Released Released The connection state is collected and the state is recorded as released.


01:29 Released Released The collected state (from step 4) is analyzed again (60 seconds after step 3). Result: An event is triggered.

The elapsed time since the connection first became released is 90 seconds.


perform the evaluation. If the number of installed resource definitions being evaluated is particularly large (for example, programs), and you specify a short sampling interval, the time taken to evaluate their state could be excessive. Set the sampling interval to take account of all the relevant factors.

Figure 6-46 illustrates the result of selecting a threshold group.

Figure 6-46 Threshold definition selection

All of the fields in a threshold definition can be modified except the name. To modify a definition, click the item to be modified and make the desired changes. Selected definitions are denoted by a highlighted rectangle (Figure 6-47 on page 110). When all modifications have been made, the group containing the changed definitions can be saved to the host by clicking Save or the Threshold Groups -> Save menu selection. The definitions can be installed by selecting Install, or the Threshold Groups -> Install menu selection.

As implied by their inclusion in the Threshold Groups menu selection, the save and install actions apply to the entire selected threshold group and not just to the modified threshold definitions. Once a definition has been modified, any attempt to navigate to another CICS PM window without first saving the modified definition group will result in the save changes dialog box (Figure 6-39 on page 102) appearing.

groupselected

resourceselected

Displayed threshold definition


Figure 6-47 Selected threshold definition

To create a new threshold definition, first select the group and resource type the threshold is to be associated with. Then click Thresholds -> New. The result will be a blank form appropriate for the resource type (Figure 6-48 on page 111). Complete filling in the form before leaving it. A different choice of resource cannot be made or another function selected without completing the form.

If the form is not to be completed, click Thresholds -> Delete to remove the definition from the Thresholds pane. Then navigation away from the definition can be accomplished. Once the definition is complete it can be saved and installed using the appropriate buttons at the bottom right of the window. As with modified threshold definitions, the save and install actions apply to the entire, selected threshold group and not just to the new definitions.

Highlighted rectangle around selected definition


Figure 6-48 Creating a new threshold

Threshold status area: The threshold definitions status area is located immediately below the Thresholds pane. It can contain two items of information:

Changes pending

The presence of this message indicates that changes have been made to definitions in the selected threshold group, and they have yet to be saved to the CMAS repository.

Any attempt to select another threshold group when changes are outstanding will result in the appearance of the save changes dialog box for disposition of the changes.

Current CICSplex

The currently selected CICSplex is shown in a combo box. The threshold groups shown in the threshold groups pane are the groups defined to the selected CICSplex. The drop-down list can be used to select another CICSplex. When a new selection is made, the threshold groups associated with the new CICSplex will be shown in the threshold groups pane.

The threshold status area also has two shortcut buttons located on the right side. The Save and Install buttons are shortcuts for the Save and Install options on the Threshold Groups menu selection. Figure 6-49 on page 112 is an example of the threshold status area.


Figure 6-49 Thresholds pane status area

6.5.4 Installed threshold definition windowThe Installed Definitions window works with definitions that are currently installed in the monitored CICS regions. The window is a full-function resizeable window with the normal window controls. It has three panes, the content of which is subject to thresholds that are installed. The three panes are:

� Topology pane� Resources pane� Installed Threshold Definitions pane

Topology paneThis pane is similar to the topology pane in the Event monitor window with the following exceptions:

� All nodes have the icon that denotes the node type. Included are inactive CICS regions.

� The status icon is not shown.

When the Installed Definitions widow is opened, the selected scope is the same as that in the Event monitor window. If the scope in the Installed Definitions window is changed, the same scope change is applied to the Event monitor window.

The Topology menu in the Installed Definitions window (Figure 6-50) contains a subset of the menu items in the Topology menu in the Event monitor window.

Figure 6-50 Installed Definitions topology menu

For details of these menu items, see “The topology pane” on page 82.

Resources paneThe Resources pane in the Installed Definitions window is the same as the resources pane in the Threshold Definitions window.

The list of resource groups corresponds directly to the resource group lists on the resources view of the status pane of the CICS PM Event monitor window.

CICSplex combo boxSave and Install shortcut buttons


Installed Definitions will only be shown when the “All resources” node, the resource group, or the resource type with a definition installed is selected.

The resources menu on the Installed Definitions window is the same as the resources menu on the Threshold Definitions window. For details about the resources menu options and the icons associated with the resource tree, see “Resources pane” on page 102.

Installed Threshold Definitions paneThe Threshold pane in the Installed Definitions window is similar to the Threshold pane of the Thresholds Definition window, except that there is only one short-cut button. It is a Discard button that discards currently installed threshold definitions that have been selected by clicking the individual definition forms or by clicking Thresholds -> Select All. The discard action is conceptually equivalent to the CEMT DISCARD command’s effect on CICS resources. The discarded definitions will return to a CICS region when it is restarted. The threshold group has the restarted region as part of the group’s scope.

When the threshold definitions list is built, it contains all definitions for the currently selected scope in the topology pane. The appropriate list entries are shown when a resource group, a resource type, or the “All resources” node is selected. When the Installed Definitions window is first selected, CICS PM performs the following actions:

� It calls the server to collect all the information about the threshold definitions installed in the selected scope.

� It indicates the presence or absence of threshold definitions for a particular resource type with the appropriate icon in the resource type pane (see Figure 6-42 on page 104).

� It displays the installed definitions when the appropriate node on the resource tree is selected.

Figure 6-51 on page 114 illustrates the typical initial state of the Installed Threshold Definitions window when it is opened for the first time.

Note: The information comprising the installed definition details is taken from the Installed Analysis Definitions portion of the CICSPlex SM repository. The details may not be the same as the information currently saved in the group. Thresholds can be created, modified, saved, installed, or discarded from any authorized CICS PM client workstation. Coordination between workstation client users who have create/modify authority is of great importance.


Figure 6-51 Initial state of the Installed Definitions window

In the initial Installed Definitions window it should be noted that:

� The topology pane is at the approximate level of detail as in the Event monitor window.

� No resource type is selected. However, the icon for the Files & DB2 resource group indicates the presence of installed definitions for that group.

� The Thresholds pane is empty. In the initial screen the pane is empty because no resource selection has been made.

6.6 CMZBase threshold definitionsThe CMZBase group of threshold definitions is intended to provide a base for start-up thresholds. The thresholds should not be used as provided and the CMZBase group should not be modified. We recommend that the CMZBase group be copied to a newly defined threshold group and threshold entries in the new group be modified to reflect your monitoring requirements.

Figure 6-52 on page 115 through Figure 6-61 on page 120 show supplied threshold definition forms for the CMZBase threshold definitions group.

Figure 6-52 on page 115 shows CMZBase Activity resource group forms.


Figure 6-52 CMZBase Activity resource group

Figure 6-53 shows CMZBase Files & DB2 resource group forms.

Figure 6-53 CMZBase Files & DB2 resource group

Figure 6-54 on page 116 shows CMZBase Queues resource group forms.


Figure 6-54 CMZBase Queues resource group

Figure 6-55 shows CMZBase ENQ Pools resource type of the Regions resource group forms.

Figure 6-55 CMZBase ENQ Pools resource type

Figure 6-56 shows CMZBase CICS Loader resource type of the Regions resource group forms.

Figure 6-56 CMZBase CICS Loader resource type

Figure 6-57 on page 117 shows CMZBase CICS monitor resource type of the Regions resource group forms.


Figure 6-57 CMZBase CICS Monitor resource type

Figure 6-58 on page 118 shows CMZBase Region resource type of the Regions resource group forms.


Figure 6-58 CMZBase Region resource type

Figure 6-59 on page 119 through Figure 6-61 on page 120 show CMZBase CICS storage resource types forms.


Figure 6-59 CMZBase CICS Storage resource types - part 1


Chapter 7. The CICSPlex SM Web User Interface

The CICSPlex SM Web User Interface (WUI) was provided as an alternative path to CICSPlex SM services, providing a Web browser-based access method, rather than the TSO access method. With it were provided a basic group of “view sets”, panels that provided specific views of CICSPlex SM collected data, appropriate to user groups such as Operations, or System Administrators.

CICS PM provides a more comprehensive group of view sets that can be accessed by two methods:

� By Hypertext link from a CICS PM Monitor window.

� By entering a valid URL from your browser, for examp[le:

http://hostname:port1

where hostname and port are the IP address and port of the CICS Web user interface region.

In this chapter we look at some of the CICS PM-provided view sets available in the Web user interface accessed either by clicking the Home link in the navigation frame (see Figure 7-2 on page 123), or by direct access to the Web user interface via a Web browser. We also go step-by-step through the process of creating individually tailored view sets and menus.

7

Note: The screen shots throughout this chapter and other parts of the book for the Web user interface were taken using CICS TS 2.2. These may differ if you are using an earlier verison of CICS TS. Also, if you are using a different version of the Web user interface it may look and operate in a different manner.

1 For releases of CICS prior to TS 2.2, use http://hostname:port/CICSPlexSM.


7.1 Using the CICSPlex SM Web user interfaceFigure 7-1 shows the initial screen presented when signing directly onto the Web user interface, in this case without security active. With an ESM such as RACF active, you would be presented with the userid, password, and new password fields. When accessing the Web user interface through CICS PM hypertext links, your userid would be signed onto the Web user interface by CICS PM.

Figure 7-1 CICS/PM CPSM WUI Initial screen

7.1.1 The CICS PM Web user interface main menuFigure 7-2 on page 123 shows the CICS PM-provided primary menu, IBM_CMZMENU, which is the initial CICS PM menu provided after signon if specified in the DEFAULTMENU parameter in the EYUWUI data set. It has three operational areas: the Selection criteria at the top, the Main panel with General views and View menus, and the Navigation frame to the left.

Note: We recommend that you secure the CICS system amendment features of the CICSPlex SM Web user interface to authorized personnel.


Figure 7-2 CICS PM WUI main menu

Existing users of the CICSPlex SM Web user interface may wish to also access their previous CICSPlex SM-defined view sets, and user-defined views. An alternative panel is provided to allow access to both the CICS PM-provided view set menu, and the CICSPlex SM-provided view set menu, which is available if IBM_CMZMAINMENU is specified in the DEFAULTMENU parameter.

Selection criteriaThere are three options for selection criteria: CMAS Context, Context, and Scope, refreshable with the SET button to the right of the panel.

CMAS Context is the CMAS name, and is only used when viewing CMAS level data such as CMAS status, and CICSplexes connected to a CMAS.

Context is the CICSplex name and is necessary for almost all views.

Scope can be used to limit the available commands and views to a particular level, and can contain a CICSPLEX name, a CICS group, or single MAS in a group. A simple default is to fill in the name of the CMAS region, and prefill the other two fields with the name of the CICSPLEX. Hypertext link from CICS PM sets the context according to the view being linked to.

Chapter 7. The CICSPlex SM Web User Interface 123

Navigation frameAll the CICS PM-supplied view sets are available in the Navigation frame (Figure 7-2 on page 123). The topmost selection is Home, which will return you to the menu specifed in DEFAULTMENU. There is also a function to return you to the last menu you were in, Repeat last menu. Below that are the CICS PM view sets where various views are organized into groups. The contents of each view set can be shown by selecting the expansion icon next to the view set (plus sign), and collapsed by selecting the collapse icon (minus sign) next to each expanded view set.

The navigation frame view sets and a brief description of their contents are shown in Table 7-1.

Table 7-1 Navigation frame view sets

At the bottom of the Navigation frame are three further options under the heading Special:

� View editor - The functions of the view editor are described in section 7.1.3 beginning on page 139.

� New window - opens the existing view in a new window.

� Sign off - Signoff from the Web user interface.

Navigation frame view sets Description of contents

Alerts Active events - CICS PM or CPSM - defined thresholds that have been triggered, creating event records

Regions General information about CICS regions in the current scope, storage views, job views etc.

Activity Task views, UOW views, Interval control requests, enqueues etc.

Connectivity Terminals, ISC, MRO, LU62, TCP/IP, FEPI views

Files & DB2 DB2-related views, VSAM-related views, data tables

Logging Journal and logstream views

Queues Intra and Extra - partition views, temporary storage views

Transactions Various transaction-related views

Programs Program and DFHRPL views

Enterprise Java Corba servers, jar files, Enterprise beans, JVMs

Models Enqueue, journal, temporary storage, terminal model views

Miscellaneous Process types and document template views

Note: If the Web user interface is running with SEC=YES in the SIT, then you are only shown the View editor option if you are allowed to use this option.


Main panelThe Main panel provides you with a subset of the views available in the Navigation frame, as shown in Table 7-2.

Table 7-2 General views

These are broadly documented in chapter 9 of CICS Performance Monitor User’s Guide, GC34-6194. For the purposes of this chapter, we will follow one General view, the CICS Regions view, which when selected will provide a list of the CICS regions according to the current scope, which in this example is CICSplex-wide.

General View Description

CICS regions Information about CICS regions in the current scope.

Active tasks Information about all active tasks on all CICS regions in the current scope.

Units of work (UOW) Information about all active units of work on all CICS regions in the current scope.

ISC and MRO connections Information about all installed ISC and MRO connections on all CICS regions in the current scope, including those out of service.

TCP/IP services Information about installed TCP/IP service resource definitions on all CICS regions in the current scope.

Transaction classes Information about installed transaction class definitions on all CICS regions in the current scope.

Local or dynamic transactions Information about all installed local and dynamic transaction definitions in all CICS regions in the current scope. Note filters for transaction displays are case-sensitive.

Remote transactions Information about remote transaction definitions on all CICS regions in the current scope.

Local files Information about installed local file resources on all CICS regions in the current scope. Note filters for file displays are case-sensitive.

DB2 connections Information about installed DB2 connections on all CICS regions in the current scope.

Global temporary storage Information about Main and Auxiliary temporary storage for all CICS regions in the current scope.

Remote files Information about installed remote file resources on all CICS regions in the current scope.

Terminal Information about installed terminal on all CICS regions in the current scope. Note that filters for terminal displays are case-sensitive.

Active events Information about any events (e.g., monitored exceptions) that are outstanding in the current scope.


7.1.2 CICS regions viewsFigure 7-3 shows the data displayed when selecting the CICS regions display, in this case all the CICS regions defined to SC66PLEX.

Figure 7-3 CICS regions display

The small triangle and the inverted triangle beneath the title of each column can be used to sort ascending or descending, or provide a summary display of the data in the column in question. Summaries of character data, such as the CICS region name, will display only the characters that are common to all the listed records, and display asterisks for the rest. Summaries of numeric or hexadecimal fields are handled according to the summary column for the appropriate value in the CICSPlex SM Resource Tables Reference. Actions can be performed against all items in a summary display by selecting the check box in the left hand

Note: Be careful using a CICSplex-wide scope, especially if you try to obtain details on something which has lots of resources, for example programs or terminals. If you have lots of MASes and thousands of programs in them, you can generate very large queries which can consume considerable resources, in both the CICS regions themselves, as well as in auxilliary storage used by the ESSS data spaces and CMAS.


column. Next to the check box is a number indicating the number of records grouped into that summary.

The options below the listed regions, or the summary of them, are a useful feature, allowing you to perform context-wide actions against the listed regions, which you could select either by ticking the appropriate boxes, or by amending the context. From here you could request a shutdown of all, or of a subset of your CICS systems. Similarly, you could request statistics processing, rebuild security profiles, and so on.

Notice the small green question mark above the Refresh button in the Selection criteria section, shown in Figure 7-4 on page 128.

Note: The Refresh button in the Selection criteria section of the display can be activated by selecting the button, or activated to automatic refresh by selecting the check box and specifying the refresh interval in seconds. Automatic refresh is only available to JavaScript-enabled browsers. Selecting a new panel will reset the automatic refresh function.


Figure 7-4 Transactions display

The icon marked d above is a help function message specific to the panel display message, in this case EYUVC12801, explaining what the display shows. The icon marked c represents the resource that you are looking at. The icon marked a can be selected to go back. The icon marked b is a particularly useful feature, the print preview feature. This has particular application when a displayed screen is one of a number of pages that display a tabular list of data, such as the list of transactions in Figure 7-4, which shows page 1 of 70 pages. By selecting the print preview icon, this can then be printed to a single screen that can then be scrolled through, as shown in Figure 7-5 on page 129.

a b c

d


Figure 7-5 Print preview of transactions

On the top left of the screen is the scroll bar, which has fitted all 70 screens into one page.

Figure 7-6 on page 130 Shows the data displayed when the scope of the regions display has been reduced to include the AORs defined to group CSGAOR.


Figure 7-6 AOR regions display

From here an action can be taken against all or some of the CICS regions in the scope. In this case we need to shut down these two regions. Selecting Shutdown either with Select record All selected, or with the check boxes for each region selected, generates a view with the following shutdown options, shown in Figure 7-7 on page 131.


Figure 7-7 Region shutdown options

A number of shutdown options are presented, together with buttons to confirm the action, which is presented for the first CICS region in the scope. Selecting Yes to all will perform the requested action for all CICS regions originally selected, without needing independent confirmation for each region. Selecting Yes will perform the action for that CICS region and present the same screen for the next CICS region in the scope. We select Yes to all, refresh the screen, and shortly afterwards, both disappear from the display.

Figure 7-8 on page 132 shows part of the screen generated when a single CICS region is selected from the CICS regions panel shown in Figure 7-3 on page 126.


Figure 7-8 CICS region overview

As well as displaying various features of this particular CICS region, such as VTAM applid, release level, and startup type, there are a number of options to allow configuration and amendment of CICS system parameters. These are mainly the system options available through CICSPlex SM or CEMT SET functions. Changes are made as required to the various parameters, then actioned by Apply changes at the bottom of the display. If the changes are successful, you are notified accordingly:

If the change you have tried to make is incorrect or not applicable, you will similarly be notified with appropriate response and EIB function indicators:

Figure 7-9 on page 133 shows the bottom of the panel shown in Figure 7-8.

EYUVC1230I 'Apply changes' (SET) request completed successfully

EYUVC1231E 'Apply changes' (SET) request failed. (Tableerror, Dataerror)

EYUVC1270I Action (SET) failed for 'SCSCPAA1' in 'SCSCPAA1'. Invalid request. (CICS information: RESP(16) RESP2(5) EIBFN(00005404))


Figure 7-9 CICS region overview bottom

From here you also have the option to perform system-wide commands such as Shutdown, and the button to action system configuration amendments, Apply changes.

There are a number of further links available here which apply to the single CICS region selected, and which can themselves link to further views. Some of these provide information displays, and some can be used to modify certain CICS settings. For example, to look at the storage settings for the selected CICS region, we select the CICS Storage link, which generates the view shown in Figure 7-10 on page 134, part of the panel generated by selecting that link on the previous display.


Figure 7-10 CICS Dynamic Storage Areas

Current storage settings are displayed together with status indicators such as “Short on storage status”. Underlined or highlighted fields2 provide further links to other storage displays. The settings in boxes, “Current DSA limit” and “Current EDSA limit” can be overtyped and replaced with new settings and then actioned with Apply changes at the bottom of the display. In this example, we select the link for “Total storage currently allocated to DSAs”, which generates the view shown in Figure 7-11 on page 135, showing part of the panel generated by this selection.

2 Depending on your browser


Figure 7-11 Dynamic Storage Areas

We now have a breakdown of the DSA into its various elements, each of which can be selected, and we are presented with various other fields showing numbers of Getmains, Freemains, subpool dispositions, and so on. We also have the option again to increase or decrease the current DSALIM setting, actionable with Apply changes.

In this example, we wish to see more detail for the subpool dispositions in CICS key DSA, so we select the “Current Subpools (domain and task)” field under the CDSA column, which has the value 33 in it in this example. This presents us with the view shown in Figure 7-12 on page 136.


Figure 7-12 Domain Subpools in CDSA

This shows the results of selecting the CDSA subpools field, and presents yet more detailed information for the CDSA storage allocations, listed by subpool name, and if further information is required, we could view the attributes for each named subpool by selecting the names in the Domain subpool name column.

Figure 7-13 on page 137 shows the CICS regions display, shown here again for ease of reference.

Note: At this level of the display, columns can again be sorted by ascending or descending order, and may also be summarized. Also, in the Selection criteria area of the display, we can again amend the context and the scope, and limit the display by relational operators to specific values.


Figure 7-13 CICS regions display

Apart from the CICS system name link, there is also a link available from the “Current number of tasks” column, which can be followed by selecting the number in the relevant row. This generates the display shown in Figure 7-14 on page 138, showing the currently active tasks on the selected CICS region.


Figure 7-14 Active Tasks display

The Selection criteria section of the display now contains relational operators to allow the tasks displayed to be filtered by task ID, Transaction id, user ID and Transaction class. These are case-sensitive. At the bottom of the screen are three action buttons, Set attributes, Purge and Force purge. Set attributes allows you to change the task priority when the required task is selected. Purge and Force purge perform the same function as their CEMT equivalent against any selected task. Each column may be sorted or summarized as in other tabular displays.

The fields Task ID and Principle facility provide links to further information about the resource in question. Following the link for Principle facility on terminal TC2B, we get the display shown in Figure 7-15 on page 139.


Figure 7-15 Terminal general information

This display shows the specific information for terminal TC2B. Various device attributes and terminal statistics are displayed, as well as modifiable fields that can be actioned by Apply changes. From here, we can also link to a more specific terminal display, to the task display, and to program and transaction information. We can also acquire and release the terminal, set it in or out of service, release it, or discard the resource definition. Similar functions and displays are available for MRO links, LU62, FEPI and TCP/IP connections, as shown in Figure 7-16 on page 140, a display for MRO connections for this CICS region.


Figure 7-16 ISC/MRO connections

This display shows the MRO connections for this CICS, and the range of CEMT commands we can perform against them.

Figure 7-17 on page 141 shows the detailed display reached when selecting one of the active tasks from the screen shown in Figure 7-14 on page 138.

Note: With the other connectivity options in the Navigation frame on the left, we can perform similar functions as appropriate to the connection type.


Figure 7-17 Active task general information

A wealth of further information specific to the task can be reached by following the links, some of which are visible on the screen displayed, and again the buttons Apply changes, Purge and Forcepurge are at the bottom. We can also see from this display whether or not the task is purgeable, which in this case it is. Assuming in this case a programmer has left CEDF transaction active, suspending a transaction that is holding resources, we decide to Purge it. This then passes us to a confirmation screen which we action by selecting Yes. We are then returned to the Active Task display shown in Figure 7-14 on page 138, with an indicator of whether or not the task purge has been successful, as follows:

EYUVC1230I 'PURGE' (PURGE) request completed successfully.


7.1.3 View menus

Figure 7-18 CICS PM WUI main menu - View menus

The bottom of the CICS PM Web user interface main menu provides three view menus:

� Event views - active thresholds and events

� System and resource views - essentially the same options that are available in the navigation frame

� CICSPlex SM configuration views - CICSPlex configurations and MASs

Figure 7-19 on page 143 shows the Event views panel.


Figure 7-19 Event views

The Event views are split into three links:

� Active thresholds - CICS PM-generated defaults or user-defined thresholds, or inherited CICSPlex SM-defined RTADEFs

� Active events - Incidences where the defined thresholds have been triggered on one or more CICS regions

� Active event details - Details on the threshold: event specifications and triggers

Selecting the Active thresholds link generates the display shown in Figure 7-20 on page 144.


Figure 7-20 Active thresholds

The Active thresholds display shows the thresholds that are active on this CICSPlex, sorted in descending order, then summarized to remove duplicate definitions (the thresholds would otherwise show up as one incidence of each definition per CICS region). The top two in Figure 7-20 are unique to CICSPLA1 in this CICSPlex.

There are three differently generated threshold definitions shown here. The top one is an RTA (real time analysis) threshold that was generated under CICSPlex SM and then imported into the CICS PM view set. The others were created in a CICS PM session.

Although you can view the thresholds with the Web user interface, you cannot create them. Selecting the highlighted or underlined Definition name takes you to a brief description of the Active threshold.

Several of the columns in the above display are relevant to CICSPlex SM RTA definitions only: the Active definition type column, the PERIODEF column, and the Associated action name column. CICSPlex SM RTADEFs are covered in CICSPlex SM Administration, SC34-6019.

At the bottom of the panel are two buttons, a Discard button, which provides the function of removing a threshold from the currently selected scope (but does not permanently remove it


from the stored repository), and a Deactivate button, which applies to CICSPlex SM RTADEFs with PERIODEFs and/or associated action names active.

Figure 7-21 shows a page of the currently triggered thresholds on this CICSPlex, reached by selecting the Active events link shown in Figure 7-19 on page 143.

Figure 7-21 Active events

Various information about the scope and context of the event, its priority and type, is available here. All the triggered events shown here are the CICS PM-supplied defaults, and are indicative of the need to tailor the supplied thresholds to avoid displaying event occurrences that are inappropriate for your installation. Selecting the Event name provides more information about the event specification, following the Detailed information link, and then the associated EVALDEF takes you to the display shown in Figure 7-22 on page 146.


Figure 7-22 Active event details

This shows the event details for the CMZBase threshold definition CMZPMD15, which raises a VHS severity event if the percentage of free storage in ECDSA falls below 30%, which you may or may not consider to be a meaningful threshold to have active on your CICS systems, (it probably would have been more appropriate to have a VLS set here rather than VHS, as this would point to a low value being a problem).

The CICS Performance Monitor User’s Guide advises you to take a copy of the CMZBase definitions and modify them as appropriate for your needs, and to deactivate the supplied defaults. This is an important step in the configuration of CICS PM (that shouldn’t be avoided) to prevent your active event displays from becoming flooded with less than crucial information about triggered thresholds.

The Active event details link from the selections shown in Figure 7-19 on page 143 will present you with the same display as following the Detailed information link described on the previous page, presented for all events in tabular form.


7.2 The CICSPlex SM Web user interface view editor

Figure 7-23 shows the initial CICSPlex SM Web user interface editor menu you are presented with if you select View Editor from the primary options menu.

Figure 7-23 The CICSPlex SM WUI editor

The CICSPlex SM Web user interface gives you the ability to create your own menus, views, and view sets. This is an important feature of the Web user interface. As you customize the displays to suit your requirements, or for any target group of operators or administrators. Within the views you have access to a wealth of CICS control block variables and state data. The DEFAULTMENU parameter can be modified to use a menu you create yourself as the default menu presented to users.

7.2.1 Creating your own menus and view setsThe following example demonstrates the creation of an amended initial signon menu, which provides a link to a region and task problem display.

Select Menus in Figure 7-23, then enter the name of your new initial menu and copy in the existing initial menu, in this case IBM_CMZMAINMENU, as shown in Figure 7-24 on page 148.

Note: If the Web user interface is running with SEC=YES in the SIT, then you are only shown the view editor option if you are allowed to use this option. In a secured environment, access to the view editor is controlled by a security class.

CICS PM view sets are locked and cannot be modified or deleted using the view editor.

Note: CICS PM view sets are locked and cannot be modified or deleted using the view editor.


Figure 7-24 Copy menu

Selecting OK returns you to the Menu editor operations panel where you now select Edit, and enter the name of the new menu created, in our case NEWHOME.

The Edit screen then prompts you to select the menu components you wish to amend. You can alter the title that appears on the menu and its description, and also amend the scope and context. In our case, we simply wish to amend the menu contents, so we select Menu contents.

This presents us with the existing contents of IBM_CMZMAINMENU, which we have copied, and various edit options as shown in Figure 7-25 on page 149.


Figure 7-25 Menu contents

In this example we are going to add another menu option to the two default ones above from IBM_CMZMAINMENU, under the existing group title Menu.

Select Append -> Menu Choice -> OK. Now select Title and annotation to give a name and description to the menu choice. You can put anything you like here; we called the new option “Troubleshooting for problem tasks”, and gave it an appropriate description. Select OK.

Now select Destination to choose a menu choice type, and select Menu link, to link our menu option to another menu, which we also create. We also have the option here to link to another view, or to an external URL. From the Menu link components we select Target Menu, from the Target Menu screen we select Target Menu name, and type in the name of the new target menu, which doesn’t exist yet, that we will call TROUBLESHOOT. Select OK -> Finish -> Finish -> OK -> Save, to go back to the Web user interface editor screen shown in Figure 7-23 on page 147.

Now select View sets -> Create to create a new view set that we will name REGIONISSUES. View sets require an object that determines the area their available views will focus on. In this case we choose CICSRGN. This brings us to a view set contents screen, where we will add a view to REGIONISSUES, which we will call REGIONPROBS, as shown in Figure 7-26 on page 150.


Figure 7-26 Add view

We have the option to create a tabular view, showing a few relevant details for a range of objects, or a detail view, showing a number of details for a single object, or a Confirmation panel to confirm actions against objects.

In this case we want a display showing key problem details on all our CICS regions, so we select Tabular view, and on the Pre-fill option below we select Key attributes to pre-fill our tabular view with key fields, which in object CICSRGN is actually only the CICS region name field EYU_CICSNAME. Select OK, which adds REGIONPROBS to the view set REGIONISSUES, and presents us with the Tabular View Components screen shown in Figure 7-27 on page 151.


Figure 7-27 Tabular View Components

There are various options available here. We amend the Title and annotation, giving the view a title of CICS Region-wide issues, and a brief annotation of “Check for outstanding problems on CICS”. All the other options will be allowed to default, except Table contents, which when selected gives us a table prefilled only with EYU_CICSNAME. We wish to display certain key variables for our CICS regions, so from the Table Contents display we select Append, which presents us with all the attributes available for the previously specified object CICSRGN, as shown in Figure 7-28 on page 152.


Figure 7-28 Attributes available for CICSRGN

The first field we want to display after the CICS region name that has been included for us in the panel by the pre-fill option, is “Current number of tasks” represented in the attributes table as CURRTASKS.

So we find that field in the table and select it, which presents us with three options, all of which we are going to allow to default for now. For reference they are: to Edit the column title and sort and summary options, to Add view links from this column, and to Edit the presentation options.

Select Finish, which returns you to the Table Contents display. Now do the same for MAXTRCNT, TDMPTOTL, SOSSTATUS, SDMPTOTL, and CPUTIME, Appending each in turn. This then gives us the panel shown in Figure 7-29 on page 153.


Figure 7-29 Table Contents

From here, select OK -> Save -> Finish, which saves the view and view set you have created.

We now want to create another view set, which we call PROBLEMS, and include a number of transaction views in it. The views will all be task-based, so we choose the Copy option on the initial view set selection, select IBM_CMZXTASK from the view set list, and PROBLEMS as the new view set name. We then choose Edit and select the new view set PROBLEMS. This gives us a list of the views in the view set copied from IBM_CMZXTASK, not all of which we need, as we are going to create four new views and link some of them to some of the detail views in this view set.

Choose Add and create a view called TSKSTORAGE. Make it tabular, and pre-fill it with key attributes. In Title and annotation, we simply call it Task Storage attributes. We then Edit the table contents and append TRANID, DFHSTOR087, DFHSTOR108, DFHSTOR139, and PURGEABILITY.

Now select the CICS system name column and Edit. Select View links -> Append -> View set -> OK. This gives you a link condition screen whereby you can make the link conditional on an attribute, or make it always valid, which is what we’ll do.

Select OK -> Target. This gives us a selection of the available view sets from which we can select a view to link to. Select IBM_CMZCICSSTOR -> OK. This gives you an object


confirmation screen for the view set CICSSTOR, then click OK. We are now presented with a list of target views. Select DETAILED -> OK.

Now to make sure we have the appropriate scope for the detailed view, select Context and scope settings, scroll down to Scope settings, select Set to value of attribute, and select the attribute EYU_CICSNAME, click OK. Now Finish -> Finish -> OK -> Finish.

For TRANID, we will also have a link, in this case a “Local view”. This will always be valid. We will link it to view Detail6 in this view set, which is Active task - storage usage.

For this example we also created views in view set PROBLEMS:

� For Enqueues - ENQUEUES

� For High CPU usage (potential loops) - HIGHCPU

� For DB2 usage - DB2PROBLEMS

In Enqueues we had a column for total file requests, on which we used a conditional link, depending on the value being higher than zero. For other fields we had links as appropriate to file displays, task activity displays, and transaction DB2 activity.

Now return to the initial editor panel and edit view set REGIONISSUES, view REGIONPROBS, that we created previously. Amend the table contents, editing CICS System name to link to view set IBM_CMZCICSRGN. Then view Detailed -> CICS Region -> Overview.

Similarly, amend the “Current number of tasks” column to link to view set IBM_CMZCICSRGN, view DETAIL2, the “Short-on-storage status” column to link to view set PROBLEMS, view TSKSTORAGE, and the “Total CPU time used” column to link to view set PROBLEMS, view HIGHCPU, amending the scope to EYU_CICSNAME in each case.

Now create a new menu called TROUBLESHOOT, giving it a title text of ”Trouble shooting”. For “Menu contents”, we select Append -> Group title, which we call “Region Events”. We now append a “Menu choice” called “Region problems”, annotating it as appropriate, and for the Destination field we select View link and REGIONISSUES, selecting REGIONPROBS as the target view.

Similarly, we append another “Menu choice” called Active Events. For Destination we select View link and IBM_CMZEVENT, Object EVENT, Target view TABULAR. We then append a third “Menu choice”, calling it “Task display menus” and giving it a Destination of Menu this time, which we call TASKISSUES.

Lastly, we create the menu TASKISSUES similarly to the menu TROUBLESHOOT. We give it a title text of “Task problem displays”. The Group title we make “Select required display”. The menu choices beneath this we point at the four views we created in view set PROBLEMS, giving them titles as appropriate.

Finally we amend the DEFAULTMENU setting in the EYUWUI data set, changing it to NEWHOME, and reload our Web user interface region. This provides access to the new menus and view sets.

The above process seems long-winded, but with practice is actually quite simple, and is invaluable in making full use of the CICSPlex SM Web user interface, should you decide to have access and control from that interface as well as from the CICS PM Client. It’s probably


worth, therefore, to set up some of your own views and menus as appropriate to your installation.

Figure 7-30 on page 155 shows view REGIONPROBLEMS in view set REGIONISSUES, which we created in the previous view-editing example.

Figure 7-30 CICS region-wide issues

7.3 CICSPlex SM Web user interface administration

7.3.1 The CICSPlex SM Web user interface transaction COVCThe CICSPlex SM Web user interface transaction COVC is supplied to control the Web user interface via a terminal session on the Web user interface CICS region. With this transaction you can do the following:

� Start or shut down the Web user interface environment

� Display Web user interface status information

� Display details of active user sessions

� Import and export view sets and menus from the Web user interface repository


� Dynamically set trace flags

Figure 7-31 shows the screen generated by entering the COVC transaction without parameters on the CICSPlex SM Web user interface region.

Figure 7-31 COVC

You can also enter the commands COVC START and COVC STOP to start and stop the interface. Entering COVC STOP or choosing option 2 from the COVC Web user interface control panel will also shut down the Web user interface CICS region. Choosing option 3 for status details provides some useful information about the Web user interface configuration as shown in Figure 7-32 on page 157.

COVC CICSPlex SM Web User Interface Control EYUVCTR 1. Start Server 2. Stop Server 3. Status Details 4. User Sessions 5. Import 6. Export 7. Trace Flags CICSPlex SM, an element of CICS Transaction Server for z/OS, Ver 2 Rel 2 Licensed materials - Property of IBM. 5697-E93 (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1994, 2001. All rights reserved Current Status : Ready Time : 17:11:32 Applid : SCSCPJA2 Date : 12/09/2002 PF 1 Help 3 Exit 12 Return


Figure 7-32 CPSM WUI Control Status Details

Option 4 to look at User sessions might be useful in the event of user problems. It also shows the number of screens the user has open, and their originating IP address (this will be the HTTP proxy IP address, if the client is using a Web proxy), as shown in Figure 7-33 on page 158.

COVC CICSPlex SM Web User Interface Control EYUVCTS Status Details CMAS Sysid : CMAS Server Sysid : PJA2 CICSPlex SM Release : 0220 Secure Sockets : No Port : 9001 Hostname : WTSC66OE.ITSO.IBM.COM TCP/IP Service Name : EYUWUI TCP/IP Service Status : Open TCP/IP Address : 9.12.6.29 Current Status : Ready Time : 17:19:35 Applid : SCSCPJA2 Date : 12/09/2002 PF 1 Help 3 Exit 12 Return


Figure 7-33 CPSM WUI Control User Sessions

You can terminate a user session by entering P for purge, or F for force purge against the userid.

Using the Import function allows you to import view sets, or menus, or both from an extrapartition TDQ where they are held.

Using the Export function, similarly, allows you to export view sets or menus to an extrapartition TDQ, for example COVE. Export gives you an option to Lock exported definitions, which prevents the definitions from being modified or deleted following a subsequent Import operation.

Using the Trace flags option, you can set a number of trace flags to either Y or N to control the amount of trace information being produced. This would normally be done only at the request of IBM support center personnel.

7.3.2 Security considerationsUnder normal circumstances, you would use a security product that permits any user with a valid ESM user ID and password to log onto the Web user interface, and by extension CICS PM.

However, their ability to view and modify any data will be controlled by the ESM and CMAS. When accessing through CICS PM, you need to consider how to add PassTicket support to

COVC CICSPlex SM Web User Interface Control EYUVCTU User Sessions Page 1 of 1 Current No. of Users : 2 Inactive Timeout : 30 (mins) Maximum No. of Users : 20 Userid Time inactive Time logged Number of Client IP (mins) on (hrs:mins) Windows Address IBM_USER 19 0:19 2 9.24.104.207 EDD 0 0:15 15 D 9.24.104.172 Current Status : Ready Time : 17:23:04 Applid : SCSCPJA2 Date : 12/09/2002 PF 1 Help 3 Exit 7 Up 8 Down 12 Return

Note: Notice that in Figure 7-33, user EDD has a D in the Number of Windows column, which means that user EDD sometime during the session used the Web user interface’s Data interface. This is the interface that CICS PM uses to poll for events, which means that user EDD is probably using CICS PM.


allow your workstation client and any Web browser windows launched by it, to share the same user session. This is documented in chapter 4 of CICS Performance Monitor User’s Guide, GC34-6194.

Access to issue Web user interface system amendment commands is controlled via CICSPlex SM Simulated Command and Resource Security. If this is activated for a given CICSplex and MAS, then CICSPlex SM simulates the command and resource security checks that would have occurred in the MAS, if the user had issued the equivalent request using the CICS SPI from a transaction defined with RESEC=YES and CMDSEC=YES.

You might also consider controlling access to the view editor, which you would do by creating a RACF profile in the FACILITY class, called EYUWUI.wui_server_applid.EDITOR (where wui_server_applid is the CICS APPLID of the server), and give authorized users of the View editor UPDATE authority. Further details on this can be found in CICSPlex SM Web User Interface Guide, SC34-6018.


Part 2 CICS PM in action

In this part we go through a sequence of senarios that show how CICS PM can be used to identify and resolve CICS system problems. The scenarios cover traditional application workloads (COBOL, VSAM, DB2) as well as new Web-initiated or Java workloads.

Part 2


Chapter 8. System setup and scenario overview

In this chapter, we describe the ITSO CICSplex environment we used to run our sample scenarios and generate performance data. To generate transaction workloads, we combined a number of applications that were used in the course of several residency projects and described in other redbooks. Consequently, our CICSplex configuration in this project is a combination of configurations used in other ITSO projects.

We also introduce a set of scenarios that were used to demonstrate how CICS PM can be used to monitor performance.

8


8.1 CICS region setupWe built a configuration that would support a mixture of traditional (COBOL, VSAM, DB2) and new (Java, Enterprise JavaBean) workloads. To simplify CICSPlex System Manager (CICSPlex SM) setup, we built our CICSplex using only one z/OS image, SC66, of the ITSO Parallel Sysplex®.

By convention, the APPLIDs of CICS regions are composed of an SCSC string concatenated with a SYSID. For example, our CICSPlex SM address space (CMAS) region has a SYSID of CMAS and the APPLID SCSCCMAS.

All CICS regions described in this chapter are connected and defined to our CMAS and run under its control.

8.1.1 Configuration for traditional workloadsTo run traditional 3270 workloads, we defined two CICS Terminal Owning Regions (TORs) with SYSIDs of PTA1 and PTA2. The workload was generated using the Teleprocessing Network Simulator (TPNS) running on another z/OS image of our Parallel Sysplex, SC47. Both TORs registered with the VTAM Generic Resource facility, so the 3270 workload was balanced between the two TORs. All transactions could also be run manually from 3270 emulation screens. The CICS level of the TOR regions was CICS Transaction Server 1.3.

Each of the TORs had MRO connectivity to four Application Owning Regions (AORs). AOR regions PAA1 and PAA4 were at CICS TS 1.3 level, and they were used to run a VSAM workload. The VSAM data sets used by the workload could be opened in Record Level Sharing (RLS) mode to be accessible with update integrity from both AORs at the same time. They could also be opened in Local Shared Resource (LSR) mode, but if one of the two AORs opened them for update, another could only open them for read and browse operations. Dynamic transaction routing under control of CICSPlex SM was used to forward the VSAM workload to AORs.

AOR regions PJA6 and PJA7 were at CICS TS 2.2 level, and they were used to run DB2, Java, and EJB workloads. The DB2 and Java simulated workloads were also generated by TPNS using the same 3270 network definitions as those used for the VSAM workload. We used static transaction routing definitions to forward transactions that access DB2 tables from PTA1 to PJA7 and from PTA2 to PJA6 (see DB2 Chapter). The Java transaction was routed in a similar way; see Chapter 12, “Java scenario in CICS” on page 301.

8.1.2 Configuration for Enterprise JavaBean workloadsTo run Enterprise JavaBean workloads, we built a logical EJB server composed of two IIOP listener regions, PLA1 and PLA2, and two Java AORs, PJA6 and PJA7. The workload was generated using a set of batch script files running on a workstation. All applications could also be run manually from a browser through a menu provided by a servlet that could be invoked in a WebSphere® Application Server on a Windows 2000 workstation. In both cases, the client (command line client or servlet) invokes an Enterprise JavaBean running in CICS Java AORs. The CICS level of the IIOP listener regions and Java AORs was CICS TS 2.2.

To enable CICS to publish references to the home interfaces of enterprise beans and to enable EJB clients to obtain these references using the Java Naming and Directory Interface (JNDI) API, we set up a name server using a z/OS Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server. This LDAP server can run on any MVS image, but we started it on the same image where our CICS regions ran.


Each of the listener regions had MRO connectivity to each of the Java AORs. There is also MRO connectivity between PJA6 and PJA7 because one of our EJB applications required access to a partner AOR.

The listener regions used TCP/IP port sharing, so the IIOP inbound requests could be balanced between the listener regions. The CICSPlex SM Workload Manager (WLM) facility, part of this setup, requires the use of EYU9XLOP as your routing program, as well as other CPSM definitions. These were used to balance method requests across AORs PJA6 and PJA7.

The Java AORs are connected to a DB2 subsystem, D7Q2, and they also share a set of VSAM data sets opened in RLS mode used by our EJB application. There are two versions of an application that use VSAM RLS files and two versions using DB2 data (JDBC and SQLJ).

For a complete description of CICS logical EJB server setup, refer to Java Applications in CICS, SC34-6000, and to Chapter 5 of Enterprise JavaBeans for z/OS and OS/390 CICS Transaction Server V2.2, SG24-6284. For a description of the ITSO EJB Trader application, refer to Chapters 10, 11, and 12 of Enterprise JavaBeans for z/OS and OS/390 CICS Transaction Server V2.2, SG24-6284.

8.1.3 CICS Web Support and 3270 Bridge setupTo demonstrate use of CICS PA in conjunction with CICS Web Support and 3270 Bridge, we used the standalone CICS TS V1.3 region PAA6 and the CICS TS V2.2 region PJA6. Applications were run manually from a browser window.

8.1.4 CICS Transaction Gateway setupWe also included two CICS Transaction Gateways in our configuration: one running on z/OS and another running on a Windows 2000 workstation. With the z/OS version of the gateway, an application can only use External CICS Interface (EXCI) to access CICS programs. With the distributed version of the gateway (Windows, for example), an application can use External Call Interface (ECI) to access CICS programs or External Presentation Interface (EPI) to access CICS 3270 transactions.

One of our applications running in WebSphere Application Server used ECI calls (not EPI) to invoke a CICS program. When the z/OS gateway is used, the ECI calls are mapped to EXCI calls that provide the same functionality, so our application could access CICS through either one of the gateways.

Both varieties of the CICS Transaction Gateway allow limited workload management between CICS regions the gateway is connected to, but we decided to define one upstream connection for each of the gateways. We connected the z/OS gateway to region PJA6 and the distributed gateway to region PJA7. The distributed gateway was connected using the new ECI over TCP/IP communication mechanism introduced in CICS TS V2.2.

As was the case with the IIOP workload, the workload through gateways was generated using a set of batch script files running on a workstation. The application could also be run manually from a browser through a menu provided by a servlet that could be invoked in a WebSphere Application Server on a Windows 2000 workstation. In both cases, an Enterprise JavaBean running in WebSphere Application Server on Windows 2000 invokes a CICS program through the gateway.

For a description of how to set up the CICS Transaction Gateway on various platforms, refer to CICS Transaction Gateway V5 The WebSphere Connector for CICS, SG24-6133. For a

Chapter 8. System setup and scenario overview 165

description of the ECIRequest version of the ITSO Trader application, refer to Chapter 10 of Enterprise JavaBeans for z/OS and OS/390 CICS Transaction Server V2.2, SG24-6284.

Figure 8-1 shows our connectivity setup. MRO connections from all the CICS regions to the CMAS, as well as IP connections between Java AORs (PJA6 and PJA7) and the LDAP server, are not shown on the chart.

Figure 8-1 CICS region setup

Figure 8-2 on page 167 shows how our AORs accessed VSAM and DB2 data.

TPNS

PLA2

3270 VSAM/DB2 workload

z/OS CTG

PAA4

ECIRequestworkload

PTA2PTA1

PJA7PJA6

Browser

PAA1

IP port sharing

IIOP Trader workload

WebSphere Application Server V4.0

Web application

Batchclient workload

PLA1Non z/OS CTG

EXCI ECI over TCP/IP

SC66

SC47

ECIRequestworkload

CMAS

IIOP IIOP

PAA6

Browser

HTTP

LDAP


Figure 8-2 VSAM and DB2 data access

Table 8-1 sums up the functions of various CICS regions in our setup.

Table 8-1 CICS region summary

8.2 ScenariosIn this section, we provide a brief description of scenarios that we used to demonstrate how CICS PM can be used to identify and rectify performance problems in a complex CICS system.

CICS APPLID CICS SYSID Function and CICS TS level

SCSCCMAS CMAS CICSPlex SM CMAS (2.2)

SCSCPTA1 PTA1 Terminal Owning Region (1.3)

SCSCPTA2 PTA2 Terminal Owning Region (1.3)

SCSCPLA1 PLA1 IIOP Listener Region (2.2)

SCSCPLA2 PLA2 IIOP Listener Region (2.2)

SCSCPAA1 PAA1 Application Owning Region (1.3)



SCSCPJA6 PJA6 Application Owning Region (2.2)

SCSCPJA7 PJA7 Application Owning Region (2.2)

PAA4

PJA7PJA6

PAA1

VSAM LSRVSAM LSR

DB2DB2

SC66

VSAM PLS

Note: The scenarios were used to provide situations that would allow us to demonstrate the use CICS Performance Analyzer reports and extracts. The CICS regions were not necessarily tuned for peak performance and in some cases had a high level of tracing active. Therefore, these scenarios and the results provided should be seen as demonstrations only and do not provide definitive results for a customer environment.


8.2.1 CICS VSAM problems In this scenario (refer to Chapter 9, “VSAM system problems scenarios” on page 171), we generate the following problems and show how we would use CICS PM to find the cause of these problems, and also how to fix the problems using the CICS PM Web user interface:

� LSR pool string problems

� Enqueue file problems

� System Logger problems

� Max Task problems

The first two scenarios are run using Local Shared Resources (LSR), for the next two we used Record Level Sharing (RLS).

8.2.2 Tuning the CICS-DB2 attachment facilityIn this scenario (refer to Chapter 10, “DB2 system problems” on page 209) we generated a number of thresholds to monitor the following scenarios to show how we would use CICS PM to identify any problems, and also use the CICS PM Web user interface to fix the problem:

� DB2 Connection drop

� DB2 transaction workload using dedicated entry threads

� DB2 transaction workload using pool threads

� DB2 transaction workload lockout

� DB2 transaction workload using entry vs. pool threads

� CICS PA threshold monitoring

We used these five scenarios to demonstrate the possible use of CICS PM to monitor and control your CICS-to-DB2 attachment.

8.2.3 CICS ISC problemsIn this scenario (refer to Chapter 13, “ISC scenario in CICS” on page 333), we generate a problem to show how we would use CICS PM to identify the problem:

� CICS Connection® threshold exceeded

In this scenario we have an important connection from our CICS region to another system. We need notification if this connection has a problem.

8.2.4 CICS storage In this scenario (refer to Chapter 11, “Storage scenario in CICS” on page 273), we present some situations on storage monitoring using CICS PM and the Web user interface screens:

� CICS Region low in free space in a dynamic storage area

� Short on Storage situation

8.2.5 Java applications in CICSIn this scenario (refer to Chapter 12, “Java scenario in CICS” on page 301), we set Threshold definitions to monitor JVM performance and TCP/IP connectivity; the scenarios covered are:

� JCICS application on non-resettable JVM


� JCICS application on resettable JVM

� EJB application with Xresettable=YES

� EJB application on resettable JVM with a resettable event or JVM phaseout

� TCP/IP connection status

� TCP/IP Maxsockets


Chapter 9. VSAM system problems scenarios

In these scenarios we made use of a number of predefined scripts, previously generated for other testing purposes, running various VSAM workloads. We deliberately used high transaction volumes and made no attempt to tune or balance the workloads, so that we could use the facilities of CICS PM to register the corresponding events and take action to fix them.

We used an MRO setup running a TPNS-generated workload through two TORs to a single file-owning AOR for LSR VSAM access, and to two file-accessing AORs for RLS VSAM access. The scenarios were very similar to those used in the CICS Tools redbook IBM CICS Performance Analyzer V1.2, SG24-6882. We increased the workloads, however, and inappropriately mixed workload types.

Chapter 6, “GUI interface” on page 75 discusses the means by which threshold groups containing user-defined thresholds are defined to CICS PM to produce meaningful alerts about various problem situations. For our scenarios, we ran a large volume of transactions against small numbers of files and arbitrarily defined a number of threshold settings that seemed appropriate.

Typically, the systems programmer or administrator who had the job of defining thresholds would have a feel for his installation’s requirements, and would use more meaningful threshold definitions according to his knowledge of the workload mix and application architecture

9

Note: These scenarios were used to provide situations that would allow us to demonstrate the use that could be made of CICS Performance Monitors when running with various VSAM workloads. The CICS regions were not tuned for performance and in some cases had a high level of tracing active. Furthermore, we deliberately contrived problem situations. Therefore, these scenarios and the results provided should be seen as demonstrations only and do not provide definitive results for a customer environment.


9.1 VSAM LSR high volume scenarioThe workload being generated consisted of a mix of four 3270 VSAM business applications running at high volumes from 400 TPNS terminals. The terminal workload was being managed through two TORs using VTAM generic resourcing, so balancing the workload, but both routing to a single AOR that was running the applications and owning the files. Eighteen VSAM files were being accessed in the applications, with various predefined LSR settings (though not by us). The CICSplex setup as it affected our scenario is shown in Figure 9-1.

Figure 9-1 CICSPlex setup

9.1.1 Setting up the thresholds for the VSAM LSR scenarioIn the first scenario we are setting thresholds for exceptions to indicate fairly severe occurrences, rather than looking at tuning or performance issues. Using the root node resource level of Activity, resource group level Tasks, we can look through a number of individual resource types that seem suitable for our thresholds. Figure 9-2 on page 173 shows an example of this, where we have decided that Enqueues might be a suitable thing to watch out for in high VSAM file access situations.

3270 VSAM LSR workload

PTA2PTA1

PAA1

SC66

PJA2WUI

CICS PM CLIENT

HTTPCMAS

CAS

TPNS


Figure 9-2 Threshold definition

We give it a Description of ENQ Delays, an Event severity of HW (High Warning) and an operator of GE to a value of 00:00:10. In other words, if we get a task delayed by an ENQ for more than 10 seconds, this event will be triggered.

General task response delays seems another reasonable field to look at, so we set that to 10 seconds as well. The resource group level below Tasks is Taskfile, which looks suitable, but on closer inspection the resource types in there seem to contain more file activity type information, which we don’t want because we don’t know our application’s likely counts. Note in each case we set the Resource identifier to ‘*’ to allow it to default.

Descriptions of the resource types can be found in the CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027. We found it easier to look in the View editor of the CICSPlex SM Web user interface, which when selected to create a view within a view set, contains all the definitions of the resource types referred to in the resource groups.

Searching through the resource groups for appropriate definitions, we find some in the resource group level Local Files. Selecting three of these and saving each threshold definition gives us a threshold definition as the one shown in Figure 9-3 on page 174.

Chapter 9. VSAM system problems scenarios 173

Figure 9-3 Threshold settings

The three local file thresholds we’ve gone for here are NUMSTRINGWT, which gives us the current number of string waits by file; WSTRCNT, which gives us the total requests queued because all the strings were in use by file; and WSTRCCURCNT, which gives us the peak number of tasks waiting for a string. The first two we set to trigger if GE to 8 and 12, respectively, and assigned as high severity. The third we set to trigger if GE 12 and assigned very high severity.

We omitted LSR buffers, as it did not seem to contain anything useful to us for this scenario. From group LSR POOLS we specified thresholds for TOTWAITREQ, which is Total number of string waits, and MAXCCURSTR, which is the peak number of concurrent active strings, giving both values of High severity. We set TOTWAITREQ to 2000, and MAXCCURSTR to 30.

Finally, from group ENQ Pools in Regions we select NQGCNQSW, which is the number of Enqueue requests waiting currently, to trigger if GE 2 at high severity. Then we selected Event Monitor, set our scope to just look at our AORs, and unleashed our workload.


9.1.2 Running the VSAM LSR scenarioThe TPNS scripts take a short while to get going, and initially our CICS PM Event monitor screen for the AOR running our workload looked fairly tranquil, as can be seen in Figure 9-4.

Figure 9-4 CICS PM Event monitor

The three High warnings shown have inadvertently triggered the Task response time threshold. They are in fact the CONL, COI0 and COIE long-running CICSPlex SM tasks, so are not of concern. Our first indication that we are overloading things comes with the following event picked up by the Event monitor, shown in Figure 9-5 on page 176.


Figure 9-5 LSR pool string waits

Event TOTWAITREQ has been triggered showing that the total number of tasks delayed for strings in LSRPool 2 has risen above 2000, our first indicator of problems. In fact it’s above 5000, so maybe the threshold was too low. But it indicates a problem, and we can get more information by double-clicking in the Identifier column with the 02 in it. That then hyperlinks us through to the Web user interface to the screen shown in Figure 9-6 on page 177.


Figure 9-6 LSR pools display

We can get some more detailed information here, and we can see that the total number of string waits is increasing rapidly, with a peak concurrent string wait of 49. We can also see that LSR pool 2 only has 2 strings, which seems to be a rather small number.

Back to the Event monitor on CICS PM where we can see an escalation in the number of triggered events in Figure 9-7 on page 178.


Figure 9-7 File string waits

Three more events have now been triggered showing that three files—ITEMACTX, ITEMMASX, and LABOPSDX—have gone beyond our threshold for total requests queued because all available strings were in use. Double-clicking again on the identifier column for ITEMACTX brings us to the screen shown in Figure 9-8 on page 179.


Figure 9-8 Local file display

This doesn’t tell us much, other than that the file is in LSR pool 2. Selecting the 02 here, however, takes us to the detail display for LSR pool 2 shown in Figure 9-9 on page 180, which is more interesting.


Figure 9-9 LSR pool 2

We can see statistics for LSR pool 2 here, including the total number of string waits, the number of requests waiting, the maximum key length, etc. We also have a hyperlink to Files in this LSR Pool, which we select to bring us to the screen shown in Figure 9-10 on page 181.


Figure 9-10 Files in LSR pool 2

There are quite a few files in LSR pool 2, which has only two strings defined to it, and many of them are having problems, as we can see if we return to the CICS PM Event monitor screen shown in Figure 9-11 on page 182. We will return to this Web user interface screen shortly as there are operations we can do against all files in LSR pool 2 using this display.



The number of files exceeding the string limit is increasing now, and there are a large number of tasks delayed, moving up into the 40 - 50 second mark. We can confirm that the VSAM problems are the cause of these task delays by looking at the tasks display screen in the Web user interface following the hyperlink on Tasks in the resource column. This generates a task display as shown in Figure 9-12 on page 183.


Figure 9-12 Task delay reasons

As we can see from this, there are a large number of PX3 transactions delayed for FCSRSUSP and FCPSWAIT reasons, coming from both TORs. If this were in a real production situation, we may well have a customer ringing us to find out what the problem is, so we decide to take drastic action. Not knowing the application mix, and reluctant to cause an outage, we decide to quickly define a new LSR pool, LSR pool 4, with the characteristics of LSR pool 2, but with considerably more strings, 100 instead of 2. Using the facilities of the CICS PM Web user interface3, we issue a close disable to all the files in LSR pool 2, by ticking the Select record All box in Figure 9-10 on page 181, which generates the confirmation panel shown in Figure 9-13 on page 184.

3 This is not necessarily the way you would do it.


Figure 9-13 File Set panel

Figure 9-13 shows three options selected, Disabled, Closed and the LSR pool ID field. In fact, the practise we found was to select the disable and close options in the appropriate boxes, then select Yes to all, then check that the files have reached disabled and closed status by refreshing the files display for LSR pool 2 a few times until they were all in that state, before amending the LSR pool ID and again replying Yes to all. We got confirmations in both cases, SET REQUEST COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY, and could subsequently see that all the files formally in LSR pool 2 were now in LSR pool 4. We then set everything to Open Enabled by again selecting Select record to All, changing the two status indicators, and again replying Yes to all. When we now return to the CICS PM status monitor, everything has returned to normal, as shown in Figure 9-14 on page 185.



So perhaps amending the LSR pool for the problem files was the right thing to do, but there will doubtless be questions asked about the number of transaction abends that occurred while we were doing it, which, although we did not have a threshold set for it, we can see from the Web user interface display shown in Figure 9-15 on page 186.


Figure 9-15 CICS Transaction dumps

At this point, however, the problem once again may be discovered by a phone call from an irate customer complaining of hung systems and slow responses. Looking again at the CICS PM Event monitor display shown in Figure 9-16 on page 187, we can see that a new problem has arisen.


9.2 VSAM Enqueues problem scenario


Tasks are again hanging, and our Enqueue threshold has been triggered, both for a task and for the ENQ pool FCDSRECD. We can again hyperlink from this display to the Enq pools display by double-clicking the link ENQ Pools in the Resource column. This takes us to a display for the Enqueue manager, shown in Figure 9-17 on page 188.


Figure 9-17 Enqueue manager

This confirms the Enqueue pool ID, and shows the total number of enqueues issued in that pool, and the total number that have waited. Selecting the Enqueue pool ID FCDSRECD takes us to a detail display for the pool that shows us information such as the total number of enqueues that have been issued, the number that have been rejected, the number that have waited, and so on. At the bottom of the Enqueue manager detail display, we have another link to Units of work enqueue, which takes us to a display shown in Figure 9-18 on page 189.


Figure 9-18 Unit of work enqueue

This shows a number of current enqueues, some tasks that are owners of enqueues, some that are waiting on enqueues. Refreshing the screen a few times shows that one particular enqueue-owning task is staying around and not moving, the SC6 at the top of the display, task number 98933. Selecting the UOW ID hyperlink takes you to the Unit of work enqueue detailed display, shown in Figure 9-19 on page 190.


Figure 9-19 UOW enqueue

We can get more information about the enqueue and the task holding it here, including a hyperlink to the Resource name, which is obviously a very useful field to get to in debugging the situation, and we can link to the task and transaction details, which may be useful for getting rid of it. The Resource name panel generated is shown in Figure 9-20 on page 191.


Figure 9-20 UOW enqueue - Resource name

This is actually a DSName level lock, indicating that the UOW is engaged in doing some sort of file-wide operation on the file. Going back to the Unit of work enqueue display in Figure 9-19 on page 190 and selecting the task number associated with that unit of work takes you to the task detail display screen shown in Figure 9-21 on page 192.


Figure 9-21 Active task general information

One of the things we can see from Figure 9-21 is that the task is purgeable, so that’s what we do, having noted the name of the transaction and enqueued resource to give to the programmer responsible.


Figure 9-22 Purge successful

With the offending task removed, things start to come back to normal.

9.3 VSAM RLS problem scenarioTo run a VSAM RLS scenario, we again borrowed our application from the CICS Tools redbook IBM CICS Performance Analyzer V1.2, SG24-6882, and again we increased the workload. We ran with the same TOR configuration as with our VSAM LSR scenario. We used two AORs in this instance, however, and as VSAM RLS handles concurrent VSAM accesses of this type in a more efficient way than the VSAM LSR setup we used, we found it necessary to increase our workload to 1200 3270 VSAM business applications running concurrently, in order to produce problem situations. The CICSplex setup used by our applications is shown in Figure 9-23 on page 194.


Figure 9-23 CICSplex setup

9.3.1 Setting up the thresholds for the VSAM RLS scenarioDrawing on the documented response time results for the VSAM RLS scenario in chapter 6 of IBM CICS Performance Analyzer V1.2, SG24-6882, which used precisely the same application on the same system setup as ours, we could predict that our online responses would be the same as the ones they reported on, given the same application workload. Using 200 TPNS terminals, they reported an average of 0.1139 seconds in RLS wait time, as a factor of their overall response time, with a worst transaction average of 0.27 seconds. In our case, we greatly increased the workload by using 1200 TPNS terminals, and set thresholds to see how badly this impacted our RLS wait time.

All the thresholds we were experimenting with we now defined to our own group (to avoid impacting other CICS PM experimentation workloads), which we called VSAMGRP, and which we installed only onto the CICS regions our workload affected, which were SCSCPTA1, SCSCPTA2, SCSCPAA1, and SCSCPAA4. Our CICS PM monitor window, therefore, shows these four regions.

Using the root node resource level of Activity, resource group level Tasks, we amended the previous task response time threshold setting to 2 seconds, and we added a new one, RLSWAITTIME (VSAM record level sharing wait time), as shown in Figure 9-24 on page 195.

VSAM RLS

TPNS

3270 VSAM/RLS workload

PAA4

PTA2PTA1

PAA1CICS PM

Client

SC66

CMASPJA2 WUI

HTTP

CAS


Figure 9-24 RLS Wait time threshold

We set RLSWAITTIME to .05 seconds, which is higher than the observed response time component in the CICS PA VSAM RLS scenario, but we are, of course, potentially overloading the system.

In the resource group level Taskfile, we set MNRRLSIOWT (RLS wait time and I/O count) to .05. Also (and we cheated slightly here by doing a couple of dry runs), we set the Connectivity root node, resource group level ISC & MRO, to trigger an alert if there were more than six concurrent queued allocates for sessions, and more than 20 concurrent outstanding allocate requests. We retained the enqueue, file, and LSR pool settings to the values we had previously set, and added some settings for the Logging root node, resource group MVS Log streams, as shown in Figure 9-25 on page 196.


Figure 9-25 MVS Logger thresholds

The settings in Figure 9-25 are fairly arbitrary. They are RWRITES, the logger write rate which we set to trigger at 20; TFCWAIT, the total waits for buffer flushes, which we set to trigger if exceeding 20000; and LGGLGDEFER, the logger deferral interval, which we set to 4.

9.3.2 Running the VSAM RLS scenarioThe initial CICS PM event monitor screen shows nothing but the previously displayed alerts for the long-running CICSPlex SM tasks. Before long, however, an event is triggered for RLSWAITTIME, which is earlier in the scenario script than anticipated because not much is running yet. This is shown in Figure 9-26 on page 197.



We can hyperlink from this wait event, double-clicking the Identifier attribute, but the RLS wait time component, although a major factor in the overall transaction response time, is in fact very small, and the transactions are running quickly, certainly too quickly for our hyperlink to catch them. By selecting the Activity -> Tasks link from the navigation panel in the Web user interface screen that we hyperlinked to, we can see the cause of threshold triggering, as shown in Figure 9-27 on page 198.


Figure 9-27 RLS wait time reason

The level of accesses by concurrent IX8 transactions to file ITEMACTX is enough to cause the RLS delays we’re seeing. Obviously, the frequency setting in the TPNS script has allowed quite a few IX8 transactions to kick off initially, and these are impacting on each other—indicating perhaps that our thresholds are too low for the throughput we’re allowing. Another event is triggered, which is an indication of logger delays, shown in Figure 9-28 on page 199.



A logstream event has occurred, the threshold we set for TFCWAIT, the total wait for buffer flushes. Double-clicking on this takes us to a screen with the MVS log stream names highlighted. Selecting the DFHLOG, one of these takes us to a screen where we can get some more information about this, shown in Figure 9-29 on page 200.


Figure 9-29 Logstream details

The total number of tasks that have waited for buffer flushes is high, but this figure will always increase unless statistics are reset, and this is the threshold we’ve triggered. Possibly not, therefore, a good threshold to have active. However, it may indicate a need to perform some logstream tuning, that is, the avgbufsize and maxbufsize parameters in the log structure definitions may warrant attention. The peak number at any one time has been 12, which may of course reflect the high concurrent workload. Returning to the CICS PM monitor, we can see that another log stream threshold has been triggered, shown in Figure 9-30 on page 201.



Along with our TFCWAIT and RLSWAITTIME thresholds, the threshold RWRITES has been triggered, the rate of writes to the logger. Double-clicking this hyperlink takes us back to the logstream details screen shown in Figure 9-29 on page 200. This threshold appears to directly reflect our workload, but we can reduce it by increasing our AKPFREQ setting. The performance guide recommends using the default setting of 4000 for AKPFREQ. Looking at our region setting display shown in Figure 9-31 on page 202, we can see it has been defined as 1000 on the two AORs, SCSCPAA1 and SCSCPAA4.


Figure 9-31 AKP settings

AKP settings can be amended through the Web user interface, so we increase both values from 1000 to 4000, action the change with Apply changes and reset the statistics. Shortly afterwards the event disappears from the monitor.

The next indication of an event arrives. This is one we haven’t set, as shown in Figure 9-32 on page 203.


Figure 9-32 SAMMAX threshold reached

An event !!SAMMAX has appeared on the CICS PM Event monitor. The resource is shown as unknown, but the Description column to the far right reads Max tasks, and the region is shown as SCSCPTA1, one of the TORs. SAMMAX is a CICSPlex SM system availability monitoring function for maximum tasks reached, a predefined condition that we’ve picked up on. Furthermore, looking at the Region histories display as in Figure 9-32, we can see that where both our AORs are triggering events, and one of our TORs has shown problems, one is not registering any triggered events, which seems a bit suspicious, and may be the root of the max tasks situation. Double-clicking the Region column for SCSCPTA1 hyperlinks to a region display where we can see that max tasks have indeed been reached, as shown in Figure 9-33 on page 204.


Figure 9-33 Max tasks reached

The max task setting is 200, and we’ve reached it 73 times, so we double it to 400 (which you might not do in a production situation). We also discover a problem in our virtual terminal designations on our TPNS script that is directing traffic to only one TOR, so we correct that and the terminal workload starts to spread more evenly. Another potential problem indicator appears, again due to our throughput ratio, shown in Figure 9-34 on page 205.



We have two OUTSALLOC events triggered from TOR SCSCPTA1 to both the AORs, indicating that the peak number of outstanding allocate requests for sessions on these connections has passed 20, and we can confirm this by hyperlinking on the identifier for the sessions, and also by looking at the task delay factors on the Web user interface as shown in Figure 9-35 on page 206.


Figure 9-35 IRLINK delays

The task display shows activity on the TOR SCSCPTA1 with delays for files, logger delays, and delays for sessions. The delays are all fairly minor. You have to refresh the screen once or twice to catch them, but they do reflect an anomaly in that the outgoing session numbers from SCSCPTA1 to the AORs are specified as 200, whereas on the AORs going back the sessions are limited to 99.

Given our throughput, 99 is not adequate and will cause the queued sessions as shown. However, we can’t amend this without stopping the IRC link, so we leave it for the next outage. Another indicator that our throughput is perhaps too high and is being impacted by bottlenecks can be seen in the next task display, Figure 9-36 on page 207, where we see a large number of dispatcher waits.


Figure 9-36 Dispatchable tasks

9.4 ConclusionThe VSAM scenarios in this chapter are intended to show some of the functions of CICS PM and the Web user interface. We have shown how thresholds can be defined to be triggered when specific events occur, and that the event displays can be used to hyperlink to Web user interface panels that contain more data about the problems causing the events to occur.

The CICSPlex SM commands that can be performed through the Web user interface can allow corrective CEMT Perform and Set actions to be issued to correct problems, for instance tasks may be purged, or settings may be increased or decreased. None of the delays in the VSAM RLS scenario actually caused our arbitrary task response time threshold of 2 seconds to be triggered, other than the long-running CICSPlex SM tasks. Apart from showing some of the functions of CICS PM, therefore, they also indicate that it is necessary to exercise constraint when defining thresholds. Thresholds defined to be triggered when peak events have occurred, such as the TFCWAIT threshold we set, may reach the threshold inevitably throughout a run of CICS between statistics reset intervals, and may not, therefore, be meaningful.

Similarly, thresholds that are set too low will be triggered constantly, and will flood the event monitor while not actually being indicative of a problem. Unstructured tuning to remove


arbitrary thresholds that are indicating bottlenecks will often simply relocate the bottleneck, as with our example, where increasing max tasks allowed the number of sessions to become exhausted. Increasing both might have further overloaded our RLS manager, or impacted our systems further for dispatcher availability.

The key to the use of CICS PM to manage CICS online problems and to provide alerts for relevant personnel, is quite clearly to define meaningful and accurate thresholds. The information that can be pinpointed and reached by CICS PM hyperlinks to the Web user interface can be supplemented by setting site-specific Web user interface screens through the Web user interface View editor, to provide the kind of information pertinent to the application mix and likely problem situations that the experienced systems programmer can anticipate.


Chapter 10. DB2 system problems

In this chapter, we provide an overview of the CICS DB2 attachment facility and its setup and tuning. We then describe the use of CICS PM, its thresholds, and the alerts it can produce for a CICS region running with a DB2 workload.

We have five scenarios that demonstrate the setup and use of CICS PM thresholds running in a CICS Transaction Server for OS/390 V1.3 and CICS Transaction Server for z/OS V2.2 CICSplex environment connected to a DB2 V7.1 address space.

The following areas are covered:

� CICS and DB2

� CICS DB2 attachment tuning overview

� CICS PM DB2 thresholds

� CICS PM DB2 threshold monitoring workload scenarios

� Conclusion

10


10.1 CICS and DB2In this section, we give a high-level overview of how CICS and DB2 work together via the CICS DB2 attachment, and then go on to describe what you can directly monitor and how you can adjust system resources and parameters from the CICS side of the DB2 connection using CICS PM.

10.1.1 Overview of the CICS DB2 attachment facilityThe CICS DB2 attachment facility provides CICS applications with access to DB2 data while running in the CICS environment by creating a connection between CICS and DB2 using TCBs and Threads. CICS applications use this connection, and its associated TCBs and Threads, to issue commands and requests to DB2.

The connection between CICS and DB2 can be controlled from the CICS side using CICS commands or the CICS PM Web user interface screens. You can set your DB2 attachment facility to connect to one specific DB2 subsystem on the same LPAR. With the latest release of DB2, DB2 Version 7, you can now use the DB2 group attach facility to allow CICS to connect to any member of a data-sharing group running on the same LPAR as your CICS region.

The CICS DB2 attachment facility uses open TCBs or subtask TCBs, depending on your release of DB2, to allow multitasking of the DB2 workload, and can further manage that workload by controlling the threads that communicate over the TCBs.

We're going to focus on the CICS owned and managed resources that you can set up and control for your DB2 connection and the transactions that use it.

The DB2 attachment connection, once defined, uses TCBs and Threads you’ve allocated to it to communicate to DB2. You could think of them as the TCBs being phone lines that actually connect CICS and DB2 together and the threads as conversations over the phone lines.

So on the CICS side of things, as with any transaction, there are quite a few things you can tune, such as storage, transaction class, etc., but in this chapter we're only going to cover the DB2 connection-related resources.

Using CICS commands we're able to control TCBs, threads and, if you are using subtask TCBs, the overall priority of your connection TCBs in relation to CICS. You can only control the priority of your TCBs if you are running DB2 V5 or below, so due to our systems running higher levels of DB2 we will not cover the Priority parameter here.

First off lets look at the resources, where they are found, and how you define and control them. Figure 10-1 on page 211 shows the TCB and thread resources we want to monitor.


Figure 10-1 TCB and thread resources

Figure 10-2 on page 212 shows how TCBs and threads are related to your DB2 connection between your CICS transactions and DB2 data.

Threads

SUBTASK - DB2 5 and below

TCBs

Entry

OPENAPI - DB2 6 and above

Pool

Protected Command

Unprotected

Unprotected

Protected Unprotected

Chapter 10. DB2 system problems 211

Figure 10-2 CICS DB2 thread overview

The thread overview picture in Figure 10-2 shows a system that is using all available threads and has a transaction D that is waiting on a pool thread. Transaction A has dedicated threads and all other transactions are forced to use the pool. There is one command thread in use via the DSNC transaction.

The key object of this thread picture is to show that you need to have enough TCBs to cover all active threads, otherwise you’ll cause transactions to wait on TCBs. In this example we could have increased the pool threads to 4 to eliminate transaction D from waiting.

The following SIT parameter is required to create the total number of TCBs in Figure 10-2:

MAXOPENTCBS = 7

Remember that your total number of TCBs has to be equal to all your command, pool, and entry threads added together, or larger.

The CSD DB2Conn definition in Example 10-1 on page 213 was used to create the three pool threads in Figure 10-2. It is also allowing the CICS region to use all available TCBs by having the TCBlimit parameter match the MAXOPENTCBS parameter in the SIT. Finally, it defines the one command thread we need so we can issue DB2 commands.

DB2

DB2 Connection

Threads

Plan

Plan

Plan

Tran A1

Plan

Plan

Plan

Tran A2

Tran B

Tran Y

Tran D

Tran DSNC

Pool Thread

Pool Thread

Pool Thread

Entry Thread for A

Unused TCB

Entry Thread for A

CICS

Tran C

Command Thread

TCBs

PROTECTed


Example 10-1 CEDA DB2Conn definition parms

DB2ConnTCblimit = 7THREADLimit = 3COMthreadlim = 1

The CSD DB2Entry definition in Example 10-2 was used to create the two dedicated entry threads for transaction A setting 1 of them as a protected thread. It is also forcing all excess thread requests to wait for an available thread.

Example 10-2 CEDA DB2Entry definition parms for transaction A

DB2EntryPROtectnum = 1THREADLimit = 2THREADWait = Twait

10.2 CICS DB2 attachment tuning overviewThe focus of this redbook is to show you how you can use the CICS PM product to help you tune and keep your system running smoothly— not to teach you how to become an expert tuner of the CICS DB2 attachment. There are a couple of very good resources you can read to get tuning information to help you understand the CICS DB2 attachment, along with helping you make decisions on tuning. We’re not going to try and duplicate this information but will attempt to give you a very high-level overview and summarize some of the important items.

Let us start off by setting your TCB limits. The SIT parameter controls the Max number of TCBs your CICS region can ever have while it's up and running. You cannot increase it without recycling your CICS region, and the TCBLimit parameter in your DB2Conn definition controls how many of them can be in use.

There are two methods you could use to attack your tuning: 1) Start off with a lot more TCBs than you need and use the TCBLimit to set your actual working values, then when you are happy you can lower the MAXOPENTCBS down to a realistic value; or 2) you could attack your tuning by using a small value and making several adjustments increasing MAXOPENTCBS and recycling your regions to get it where you are happy, then using CICS PM to check your current settings, making some adjustments, and, if necessary, rechecking and readjusting.

Next set your threads. Remember that to prevent TCB waits, you will need a defined number of TCBs greater than or equal to all your threads added together. So after adjusting your threads you may need to go back and readjust your TCBs. And again, as with the TCB adjustments, there are several ways to attack your tuning here. We'll call it simple/basic to dedicated/complex or dedicated/complex to simple/basic.

What we mean by that is you could start off by taking the easy way out and just define a big pool and run all your DB2 threads in the pool, then using CICS PM to monitor your transactions and pull some transactions out of the pool, giving them their own dedicated threads. If needed, go a step further and make the dedicated threads protected. That's the simple/basic to dedicated/complex method, and the opposite is to create all threads as dedicated protected threads and then slowly undo them, changing them into pool threads.


What you'll probably end up doing is a little of the above methods all at once, making some educated guesses to start off, then using CICS PM to monitor your settings and making some adjustments to get things working the way you want.

Now for some suggestions on when to make adjustments and why.

DB2Entry vs. running in the poolMost transactions should run in the pool or be defined to divert to the pool, THREADWAIT(TPOOL), for temporary high volume periods, thus limiting the number of TCBs and unused threads. DB2Entry definitions should only be used for the following:

� Override pool settings, like AUTH or ACCOUNTREC

� Define threads for a specific high-volume transaction

To make transactions run in the pool, you have three alternatives:

� No DB2Entry, all transactions run in the pool

� DB2Entry with THREADLimit(0) and THREADWait(TPool), which forces all transactions for this DB2Entry to run in the pool

� DB2Entry THREADLimit(n) and THREADWait(TPool), which allows any transactions in excess of THREADLimit(n) to overflow into the pool

The simplest setup for the CICS/DB2 attachment is to have a DB2CONN definition but no DB2Entry or DB2Tran definitions. With this setup, command threads are available to DB2, and all other transactions run in the pool.

Protected vs. unprotected threadsProtected threads allow you greater thread reuse by keeping its TCB/Thread resources defined to the DB2 connection for up to two purge cycles after your DB2 transaction has completed. Thus the higher probability of thread reuse, but the drawback is that protected threads may hold onto the resources they were using on the DB2 side, such as memory, plan locks, and so on.

Figure 10-3 Resource contention vs. thread reuse

Thread reuse and thread waitsThe basic objective is to eliminate thread waits and to increase thread reuse. Interestingly enough, you can actually get thread reuse by using the pool, but you have to have threads waiting. You cannot define protected threads for the pool, but if a transaction is waiting on a thread when a pool thread is just ending, the attachment code can reuse the thread and assign it to the waiting tran, thus incurring thread reuse and thread waiting at the same time.

Increased risk of locking resources

Dedicated Threads

Pool Threads

Protected Threads

Greaterthread reuse


The big question is which is longer, the amount of time you waited or the amount of time you saved by reusing a thread.

Sometimes less is betterWhen allocating your TCBs and threads, you should try both, large numbers of TCBs and threads and smaller numbers of TCBs and threads. In some of our testing the pool with only a few threads outperformed a small number of dedicated threads, and during other tests large numbers of dedicated protected threads outperformed a very large pool. The bottom line is to use CICS PM alerts and its Web user interface screen to test various scenarios to see what works best for you, because all workload is not created equal and will require different settings.

The following two references were used during our testing and are a great source of information to help you understand the CICS DB2 attachment, its setup and tuning:

� DB2 for z/OS and OS/390 Version 7 Selected Performance Topics, SG24-6894

� CICS TS for z/OS: CICS DB2 Guide, SC34-6014

10.2.1 CICS PM monitoring of the CICS DB2 attachment facilityCICSPlex SM provides thresholds and event monitoring of various predefined resource objects. Each resource object that CPSM maintains is represented and stored in an internal CICSPlex SM table. The information in these internal tables comes from four sources:

� CICSPlex SM - CICSPlex SM-derived values

� INQ - From the CICS SPI Inquire

� STAT - From the CICS SPI Statistics

� CMF - From the CICS Monitor Performance class record

In the next section we cover the DB2-related thresholds and resources that CICS PM allows you to set. You can find a description of each of these tables and their resource objects in CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027.

10.3 CICS PM DB2 thresholdsUsing the CICS PM workstation client GUI you can monitor events, define thresholds, or manage and view thresholds you have currently installed. The basic flow is to start with the Threshold Definitions window, define and install some thresholds, then jump to the Event Monitor window and view and/or take action for any events that are triggered and show up in the Events window. At any time you can use the Installed Threshold Definitions window to view or delete the thresholds you currently have defined and installed.

For more information on setting and working with thresholds, see Chapter 6, “GUI interface” on page 75.

In the Threshold Definitions window you see that CICS PM provides five dedicated groups of DB2 thresholds and also contains a few threshold attributes of use under the XTASK resource object. See Figure 10-4 on page 216 to see the relationship between the DB2 Threshold definitions and Event Resources.


Figure 10-4 DB2 thresholds and events in CICS PM GUI

In the next few sections we briefly go over each DB2 Threshold group, then we set up some sample thresholds and go over a couple of DB2 workload scenarios to show how they can be used at a typical CICS site.

10.3.1 DB2 connection thresholds and alertsThe DB2CONN threshold group is used to monitor and alert conditions directly related to the CICS Regions DB2 connection and is sourced from the CICS SPI Inquire and Statistics interfaces.

Threshold Resources Event Resources

Threads and subsys resources are CICSPlex SM generated and thus do not have a one-to-one link with CICS resources.

One-to-one co-respondence between these DB2 thresholds and events.


Figure 10-5 DB2 connection thresholds

Information about each Attribute selection can be found in the “DB2CONN Resource Table” section of CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027. Additionally, you can find information for most of the parameters in the “CEMT INQUIRE DB2CONN” section of CICS Supplied Transactions, SC34-5992. The CICSPlex SM manual will give you the syntax and short description, and the Supplied Transactions manual, if it includes the parm you are looking for, will give a detailed description.

Obviously you can use the DB2CONN thresholds to monitor your CICS DB2 Interface, displaying an event alert when your DB2 connection has been disconnected. But not as obvious is the fact that your pool threads are defined under the DB2 Connection. Thus you use the DB2CONN thresholds to monitor your POOL threads and connection TCBs as well.

For our sample testing we chose to set the DB2CONN thresholds shown in Figure 10-6 on page 218.


Figure 10-6 DB2CONN Thresholds set for our tests

10.3.2 DB2 Entries thresholds and alertsThe DB2ENTRY threshold group is used to monitor and alert conditions directly related to a transactions DB2 Entry definition and is sourced from the CICS SPI Inquire and Statistics interfaces.


Figure 10-7 DB2 Entry thresholds

Information about each Attribute selection can be found in the “DB2ENTRY Resource Table” section of CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027. Additionally, you can find information for most of the parameters in the “CEMT INQUIRE DB2ENTRY” section of CICS Supplied Transactions, SC34-5992. The CICSPlex SM manual will give you the syntax and short description, and the Supplied Transactions manual, if it includes the parm you are looking for, will give a detailed description.

The DB2ENTRY thresholds can be used to monitor your DB2 Entry non-pool threads. There are thresholds for both protected and non-protected threads. You can also find thresholds to monitor how many transactions are waiting for a DB2 entry thread.

For our sample testing we chose to set the DB2ENTRY thresholds shown in Figure 10-8 on page 220.


Figure 10-8 DB2ENTRY thresholds set for our tests

10.3.3 DB2 Trans thresholds and alertsThe DB2TRN threshold group is used to monitor and alert conditions directly related to a transactions DB2 Tran definition and is sourced from the CICS SPI Inquire interface and derived from values within CICSPlex SM itself.


Figure 10-9 DB2 transaction thresholds

Information about each Attribute selection can be found in the “DB2TRN Resource Table” section of CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027. Additionally, you can find information for most of the parameters in the “CEMT INQUIRE DB2TRAN” section of CICS Supplied Transactions, SC34-5992. The CICSPlex SM manual will give you the syntax and short description, and the Supplied Transactions manual, if it includes the parm you are looking for, will give a detailed description.

The DB2TRN thresholds are rather uneventful. Most of your event alert action will take place using the DB2CONN and DB2ENTRY thresholds, but if you really want to get creative, the CICS PM developers provide them for your use.

We did not set any DB2TRN thresholds for our tests.

10.3.4 DB2 Threads thresholds and alertsThe DB2THRD threshold group is used to monitor and alert conditions directly related to the CICS Regions DB2 connection, but unlike the DB2CONN thresholds is derived from values within CICSPlex SM itself.


Figure 10-10 DB2 Thread thresholds

Information about each Attribute selection can be found in the “DB2THRD Resource Table” section of CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027. Since these values are sourced internally from within CICSPlex SM. They cannot be found outside of the CICSPlex SM manuals.

The DB2THRD thresholds partially duplicate the DB2CONN thresholds and are CICSPlex SM-generated data. Because we were using DB2 7.1, CICS TS 1.3, and CICS TS 2.2, we did not receive any data for these thresholds. These thresholds are for use with releases before the CICS SPI was available. None of the DB2THRD thresholds ever popped during our tests, even though they were set very low.

For our sample testing we chose to set the DB2THRD thresholds shown in Figure 10-11 on page 223.

Note: When the DB2 attach adapter became part of CICS, they introduced the SPI on CICS. CICSPlex SM exploited this new feature with DB2CONN and DB2ENTRY. Prior to this, when no SPI was available in CICS, CICSPlex SM peeked in the RCT and got the information from the DB2SS and DB2THRD views.


Figure 10-11 DB2THRD thresholds set for our tests

10.3.5 DB2 subsys thresholds and alertsThe DB2SS threshold group is used to monitor and alert conditions directly related to the CICS Regions DB2 connection, but unlike the DB2CONN thresholds is derived from values within CICSPlex SM itself.


Figure 10-12 DB2 Subsystem thresholds

Information about each Attribute selection can be found in the “DB2SS Resource Table” section of CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027. Since these values are sourced internally from within CICSPlex SM. They cannot be found outside of the CICSPlex SM manuals.

The DB2SS thresholds partially duplicate the DB2CONN thresholds and are CICSPlex SM-generated data. Because we were using DB2 7.1, CICS TS 1.3, and CICS TS 2.2, we did not receive any data for these thresholds, which are for use with releases before the CICS SPI was available. None of the DB2SS thresholds ever popped during our tests, even though they were set very low.

For our sample testing we chose to set the DB2SS thresholds shown in Figure 10-13 on page 225.

Note: When the DB2 attach adapter became part of CICS, they introduced the SPI on CICS. CICSPlex SM exploited this new feature with DB2CONN and DB2ENTRY. Prior to this, when no SPI was available in CICS, CICSPlex SM peeked in the RCT and got the information from the DB2SS and DB2THRD views.


Figure 10-13 DB2SS Thresholds set for our tests

10.3.6 XTASK thresholds and alertsThe XTASK threshold group is used to monitor and alert conditions directly related to an active task running in a CICS Region. Within the XTASK object there are a few fields related to DB2 thread activity. The data for these alerts is sourced from the CICS Monitor Performance class records.

Figure 10-14 XTask thresholds


Information about each Attribute selection can be found in the “XTASK Resource Table” section in CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027. Additional information on the four fields of interest, DB2RDYQW, DB2CONWT, DB2WAIT & DB2REQCT, can be found in the CICS TS for z/OS: CICS DB2 Guide, SC34-6014 and the CICS Performance Guide, SC34-6009. The CICSPlex SM manual will give you the syntax and short description, and the DB2 Guide will give a detailed description.

The XTASK thresholds are system clock times and can be used to monitor your DB2 tasks for conditions that take too long. In particular, if a task waits longer than .05 seconds for a thread, you could have an event alert pop up.

For our sample testing we chose to set the XTASK thresholds shown in Figure 10-15.

Figure 10-15 XTASK Thresholds set for our tests

10.4 CICS PM DB2 threshold monitoring scenariosFive scenarios will be used in this chapter to demonstrate the possible usage of CICS PM to monitor and control your CICS-to-DB2 attachment.

� DB2 connection drop

� DB2 transaction workload using dedicated entry threads

� DB2 transaction workload using pool threads

� DB2 transaction workload lockout

� DB2 transaction workload using entry vs. pool threads

� CICS PA threshold monitoring

Note: For DB2 Version 6 and above, the DB2WAIT value will always be zero.


Figure 10-16 gives you a high level overview of the test system used for our test scenarios.

Figure 10-16 Subset of our test system architecture used for this chapter’s testing

Our basic test system consists of two TORs connected to two AORs connected to a single DB2 V7.1 subsystem. A VTAM generic is used to balance work between the two TORs. The actual eDB2 transactions are hard coded to go to specific AOR regions. TPNS is used to run a varying workload running one of three CICS/DB2 transactions, one of which performs an update.

10.4.1 Scenario: DB2 connection dropThis test was set up to show you how to set up a threshold and see the threshold you just created in use. For this test we didn’t even need a workload, just made sure that the connections between CICS and DB2 were made. Even though this is a very simple test, it could be very effective in warning you when you’ve lost your DB2 connection. In most cases you may already have automations or some other process to automatically restart your connection, but it is always nice to have an alert. The design here will use a high severity alert, as shown in Figure 10-20 on page 229, which should have a higher severity than other alerts such as max task. This way, if you sort your event alerts by severity, you will see that the reason you are going max task is because your DB2 connection has been dropped.

Note: These scenarios were used to provide situations that would allow us to demonstrate the use of CICS PM monitoring when running with a CICS DB2 workload. The CICS regions were not necessarily tuned for peak performance and in some cases had a high level of tracing active. Therefore, these scenarios and the results provided should be seen as demonstrations only and do not provide definitive results for a customer environment.

TPNS

3270 DB2 workload

PJA7

PTA2PTA1

PJA6

SC66

SC47

CMAS

DB2


To start off, open the CICS PM GUI and go to the Threshold Definitions tab, select a group that you want to use or create a new one if necessary, then select the DB2 Connection resource under the Files & DB2 CICS Resources section, as shown in Figure 10-17.

Figure 10-17 The Threshold Definitions screen

Using the Thresholds pull-down menu, select New to create a new threshold in your threshold group as shown in Figure 10-18.

Figure 10-18 Creating a new threshold


We then select the CONNECTST attribute to monitor the connection’s status, as shown in Figure 10-19.

Figure 10-19 Choose the CONNECTST attribute to monitor the status of your connection

Click NE and then select CONNECTED from the pull-down box to make a conditional statement that says your DB2 connection will trigger an alert if its CONNECTST attribute is not equal to CONNECTED, as shown in Figure 10-20.

Figure 10-20 DB2 Connection Threshold

In Figure 10-21 on page 230 we fill in the rest of the fields. Either enter a * (asterisk) in the resource identifier field, or use some level of qualification if you have various connection


group names. We chose DB2* to pick up all DB2CON connections, yet omit or ignore our other connections called RCT21.

Add a 30-character description. Use something short but sweet, because this is one of the key fields that will be used when your threshold event triggers. In fact, if you can tell what action to perform that would be even better. We chose to say “Make sure DB2 is connected”, but we could have said something like “DB2 needs to be reconnected

Next fill in the Sample time interval with a time in seconds of how often you want this object to be checked, and then give it a Severity. We chose VHS because this failure would stop everything dead in its tracks and could then trigger other alerts or could start generating AEY9 and/or AZI6 abends.

Figure 10-21 Completed threshold ready to be installed

To finish up your new threshold, click Save -> Install, which will generate a prompt. See Figure 10-22 on page 231, as to where you want your threshold installed.

In our environment we had a group called CSGAOR set up that contains both the PJA6 and PJA7 CICS regions, which are the two CICS regions that process all DB2 transactions. You could either use the Shift or Ctrl keys and select each region directly, or you can choose the group, CSGAOR, as we did.


Figure 10-22 Threshold install selection screen

Once we defined and installed our DB2 connection threshold, we then clicked the DB2 Connections tab in the CICS PM GUI events tab Resource Summary section in Figure 10-23 on page 232, which opened a DB2 connections Web user interface window, shown in Figure 10-24 on page 232.


Figure 10-23 Using the CICS PM GUI to start a DB2 Connection WUI window

We then selected the check box on the left of the PJA6 region and clicked Disconnect to drop the connection setting status to Notconnected.

Figure 10-24 Using the WUI to connect

Just to verify that we are doing the right thing, we are presented with a verification screen. We just clicked Yes to perform the actual disconnect.


Figure 10-25 Connection disconnect verification screen

The CICS PM Events screen started showing DB2CON connection alerts for the PJA6 region, identifying that it is Notconnected, as shown in Figure 10-26.

Figure 10-26 DB2 Connection Threshold alert

The excerpt from the CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027 in the table below shows you the source for the DB2ENTRY threshold data and what it means.

Name Source Description

CONNECTST INQ Connection status


The CONNECTST threshold points out that our DB2CON connection has changed its status to anything but CONNECTED.

At this point the solution seems very obvious and the fix is also very simple: Just use the Connect button to reconnect the DB2 interface. In our simple test environment that’s what we will do, but in a large complex shop, other issues may come into play. Most notably, you may be flooded with other alerts. This is why our alert was given the highest severity possible, to hopefully bring it to the top of the list. This is a good time to point out that you should choose the severity of your alerts wisely—don’t make everything Very High Severity. For instance, if you make max task a High Severity alert, then your connection alert would sort to the top and allow you to detect why you have gone max task.

Another issue to cover at this junction is why the connection went away. Perhaps DB2 is being recycled or is being brought down for scheduled maintenance. You will need to carefully educate your CICS PM users as to what actions to take.

We’ll go through a couple of screen shots to show you how we used CICS PM to correct the situation.

Figure 10-27 Clicking the Identifier from the event alert brings you here

Figure 10-27 shows you that the status of your DB2 connection is Notconnected, but we already knew that from the alert. But in reality, if DB2 was just being recycled, it could actually have automatically reconnected by the time you get to this screen.

Since that’s not the case with our scenario, we need to reconnect the connection, which we do by selecting the DB2CON connection by checking the check box on the left in Figure 10-28 on page 235.


Figure 10-28 Select the Connection and click SET ATTRIBUTES

Then click the Connect box, which takes you to a verification screen to give you a chance to verify your actions and, if necessary, cancel without taking any action. In our case let’s go ahead and click Yes in Figure 10-29.

Figure 10-29 Confirmation screen

You will then get a confirmation message and see in Figure 10-30 on page 236 that the connection status is back to Connected.


Figure 10-30 DB2 is now reconnected

That’s it, everything is back to normal. But remember that this is only a test. In the event of a real emergency, your phones would have rung off the hook and several managers may have walked into your office.

10.4.2 Scenario: DB2 transaction workload using dedicated entry threadsThis test case was set up to stress dedicated entry threads that will focus on thresholds out of the DB2ENTRY threshold group. The systems will be configured to use dedicated threads for each transaction.

For this test we have three transactions that will run in both the CICS PJA6 and PJA7 AORs, running with five dedicated entry threads per transaction. The pool will not be used during this test since the transactions are defined with the THREADWait option set to TWait, which will force any transaction that is unable to obtain a thread to wait until one becomes available.

Example 10-3 DB2 Entry definitions with five dedicated threads and no pool overflow

I DB2E STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY Db2e(DB2N ) Tas Use Ena Poo Hig Pro( 0000 ) Pth(0000) Threadl( 0005 ) Threads(0000) Twa Plan( PROGDB2N ) Db2e(DB2R ) Tas Use Ena Poo Hig Pro( 0000 ) Pth(0000) Threadl( 0005 ) Threads(0000) Twa Plan( PROGDB2R ) Db2e(DB2U ) Tas Use Ena Poo Hig Pro( 0000 ) Pth(0000) Threadl( 0005 ) Threads(0000) Twa Plan( PROGDB2U )

We started a TPNS workload running on 200 terminals that were workload-balanced between the two TORs, which then route the transactions down to the AORs for the actual processing of the DB2 requests.


Alerts started to show up on the CICS PM Events screen as seen in Figure 10-31. The DB2U transaction has reached its max thread limit of 5 and has eight tasks waiting for threads.

Figure 10-31 DB2 Entry thread alerts

The excerpt from CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027 in Table 10-1 shows the source for the DB2ENTRY threshold data and what they mean.

Table 10-1 DB2ENTRY threshold data

The THREADS threshold points out that we have reached our pr-set threshold limit of 5 active threads, and the RQCUR threshold shows that we have more than 5 tasks on the Ready Queue waiting for a thread.

We also set up two versions of the THREADS threshold. One was set at THREADS GE 4 to give us a warning and the other at the max of 5 with a higher severity to indicate we are out of threads.

Since we lowered our threads to a very low level to cause a system problem on purpose, we know exactly what actions we need to take to resolve the problem: just raise the available thread limits. If this was not a simulation, we would then also be looking for other event thresholds that may indicate what other types of problems may be involved.

We’ll go through a couple of screen shots to show you how we used CICS PM to diagnose and correct the situation.


THREADS INQ Number of active threads

RQCUR STAT Ready Queue Current


By clicking the DB2U Identifier field from the Event screen shown in Figure 10-31 on page 237, CICS PM opens up a Web browser window taking you to the DB2 Entry status screen seen in Figure 10-32.

Figure 10-32 Selecting the Thread Ready Q alert or the Thread limit alert takes you here

It doesn’t matter which alert you choose to click on in Figure 10-31 on page 237, they both take you to the same place, Figure 10-32.

We then click the DB2U field in the DB2 entry name column, which take us to the DB2 entry - general information detail screen shown in Figure 10-33 on page 239.

There you can see the actual Maximum number of threads setting for tran DB2U, currently set to 5.


Figure 10-33 DB2U entry details screen where we make adjustments to its dedicated threads

After determining a new value, Figure 10-34 on page 240 shows how we can overtype the current value of 5, changing it to 8 for our example (don’t forget, you must also select the check box to the left of it).


Figure 10-34 Increase the thread limit to 8

Now that we have our new values set, select the Apply changes box to install our new limit.

Figure 10-35 on page 241 shows the results of selecting Apply changes. You should receive a successful completion message at the top of the screen, and the new value of 8 is now set for the Maximum number of threads field.


Figure 10-35 The problem has been fixed

We didn’t include it in this example, but depending on the type of threshold you set, you may need to readjust your thresholds. In this case, raising the value for the DB2U Entry threads from 5 to 8 will still cause a true condition. The initial THREADS alerts in Figure 10-31 on page 237 will never go away until the threshold itself is adjusted and reinstalled.

Unlike the THREADS alert, the RQCURR threshold is based on a queue count. Once the threads have been increased, the tasks waiting should clear out and the RQCUR alert should go away on its own.

10.4.3 Scenario: DB2 transaction workload using pool threadsThis test case was set up to stress the pool threads that will focus on thresholds out of the DB2CONN threshold group. The systems will be configured to overflow all entry threads into the pool.

For this test we have three transactions that will run in both the CICS PJA6 and PJA7 AORs, using pool threads for all transaction activity. This was accomplished by setting the Entry THREADLimit settings to 0000 and by setting the THREADWait option to TPool, which then forces everything to overflow into the pool.

Example 10-4 on page 242 shows the DB2 Entry definitions for the three transactions we’ll be running.


Example 10-4 DB2 Entry definitions with 0000 dedicated threads and Pool overflow

I DB2E STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY Db2e(DB2N ) Tas Use Ena Poo Hig Pro( 0000 ) Pth(0000) Threadl( 0000 ) Threads(0000) Tpo Plan( PROGDB2N ) Db2e(DB2R ) Tas Use Ena Poo Hig Pro( 0000 ) Pth(0000) Threadl( 0000 ) Threads(0000) Tpo Plan( PROGDB2R ) Db2e(DB2U ) Tas Use Ena Poo Hig Pro( 0000 ) Pth(0000) Threadl( 0000 ) Threads(0000) Tpo Plan( PROGDB2U )

Example 10-5 shows the DB2 Connection settings. We’re keeping the pool settings pretty small so we can trigger some alerts. The test environment is using a DB2 V7 subsystem, which has the newer L8 TCBs dedicated for DB2 threads. The Tcblimit parameter limits us to using only 4 of the 15 available MAXOPENTCBS, and the Threadlimit restricts us to using 3 active thread connections.

Example 10-5 DB2 Connection with 4 TCBs and 3 pool threads

I DB2C STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY Accountrec( None ) Planexitname( ) Authid( ) Priority( High ) Authtype( Sign ) Purgecyclem( 00 ) Comauthid( ) Purgecycles( 30 ) Comauthtype( Cuserid ) Resyncmember( ) Comthreadlim( 0001 ) Signid( CICSTS ) Comthreads(0000) Security( ) Connecterror( Sqlcode ) Standbymode( Reconnect ) Connectst( Connected ) Statsqueue( CDB2 ) Db2groupid( ) Tcblimit( 0004 ) Db2id( D7Q2 ) Tcbs(0000) Db2release(0710) Threaderror(N906d) Drollback(Norollback) Threadlimit( 0003 ) Msgqueue1( CDB2 ) Threads(0000) Msgqueue2( ) Threadwait( Twait ) Msgqueue3( ) Nontermrel( Release ) Plan( TRADERP )

We started a TPNS workload running on 200 terminals that are workload-balanced between the two TORs, which then route one of the 3 DB2x transactions down to the AOR for the actual processing and DB2 requests.

Alerts popped up almost immediately. The CICS PM events screen in Figure 10-36 shows that the DB2 Connection THREADS object has reached 3 and the DB2 Connection TCURR object has also reached 3.


Figure 10-36 Alerts start showing up immediately

The excerpt from CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027 in Table 10-2 shows the sources for the DB2CONN threshold data and what they mean.

Table 10-2 Sources for the DB2CONN threshold data

The THREADS threshold points out that we have reached our preset threshold limit of 3 active threads and the TCURR threshold shows that we also have used up 3 L8 TCBs.

Because we lowered our TCBs and Threads to a very low level in order to cause a system problem on purpose, we know exactly what actions we need to take to resolve the problem: just raise the available TCB and Thread limits. If this was not a simulation, we would also be looking for other event thresholds that may indicate what other types of problems may be involved.

We’ll go through a couple of screen shots to show how we used CICS PM to diagnose and correct the situation.

By clicking the DB2CON Identifier field on the Event screen shown in Figure 10-36, CICS PM opens up a Web browser window, taking you to the DB2 Connection status screen seen in Figure 10-37 on page 244.


THREADS INQ Number of active pool threads

TCURR STAT TCB Current


Figure 10-37 CICS PM Connection display link from the Event screen

We then click the DB2CON field in the DB2 connection name column, which will take us to the DB2 connection - general information detail screen for our PJA7 regions DB2 connection, shown in Figure 10-38 on page 245.

We need to scroll down and find the Maximum number of subtask TCBs field and overtype the value, changing our current limit of 4 to a new value of 8. You also select the check box to the left of it.

Next we scroll down to find the Maximum number of pool threads field and overtype the value, changing our current limit of 3 to a new value of 6, and again you must also select the check box to the left of it.

Now that we have our new values selected, just scroll down to the bottom of the screen and select Apply changes to set our new values.


Figure 10-38 DB2 Connection detail screen showing new TCB and Thread values

After clicking Apply changes, you should get a message at the top of your screen saying your changes have been applied successfully, as seen in Figure 10-39 on page 246.


Figure 10-39 Successful update of the TCBlimit and Threadlimit connection parameters

Now that we have modified our system values, we need to also consider updating the same limits in our other AOR, the PJA6 region, along with readjusting the threshold limits that identified the problem in the first place. Figure 10-40 shows using the CICS PM client Threshold Definitions screen. The two alerts that identified our problem are highlighted and need to have new values set to accurately signify when we have hit our new maximums.

Figure 10-40 Readjust initial threshold values to new settings

Once you’ve adjusted the threshold values, click Save -> Install and install them in the appropriate CICS regions, and you are done.


Alternate custom screens used to analyze the problemTo demonstrate the flexibility of the process, we designed a couple of custom screens that eliminate some of the columns that were not useful for our regions and added a few new columns that gave a bigger picture of the DB2 Connections and DB2 Entry displays. The first screen was captured just after the problem occurred and shows how custom screens can help identify problems.

Figure 10-41 Custom menu for our tailored View displays of DB2 resources

Clicking on the List all Connections with Details link in Figure 10-41 takes you to our custom DB2 Connection Status screen in Figure 10-42 on page 248, and clicking on the List all Entry Definitions with Detail link in Figure 10-41 takes you to our custom DB2 Entry status screen in Figure 10-44 on page 250.


Figure 10-42 Custom DB2 Connection screen showing max active threads and threads waiting

After the problem was resolved, the screen shown in Figure 10-42 was refreshed and you can now see the results of increasing the TCBlimit and Threadlimit parameters in Figure 10-43 on page 249.


Figure 10-43 Custom DB2 Connection screen showing the SCSCPJA76 region has been corrected


Figure 10-44 Custom DB2 Entry screen which shows all tran activity currently using the pool

10.4.4 Scenario: DB2 transaction workload lockoutThere are no thresholds to alert you to a lockout or deadlock scenario, but we wanted to go through a typical problem that you would normally experience, usually via a phone call from your help desk or application support group saying the system is not responding. In this case we are not looking for a single threshold event that will point out what has gone wrong, but are doing the exact opposite: We’re looking for a large group of similar threshold events that can help point out what has gone wrong.

We’ll start out by causing a lockout by running the DB2U transaction under CEDF and stopping at the update screen, which should hold a lock and cause everyone wanting to use this record to wait and hold threads.


Figure 10-45 DB2U transaction run under CEDF to generate a lockout

By using CEDF to run the DB2U transaction, which does updates, we were able to lock up a record for an indefinite period of time. This generated a ton of alerts, shown in Figure 10-47.

TRANSACTION: DB2U PROGRAM: PROGDB2U TASK: 0085671 APPLID: SCSCPJA6 DISPLAY: 00 STATUS: COMMAND EXECUTION COMPLETE CALL TO RESOURCE MANAGER DSNCSQL EXEC SQL UPDATE P.AUTH=CICSUSER, S.AUTH= PLAN=PROGDB2U, DBRM=PROGDB2U, STMT=00387, SECT=00002 SQL COMMUNICATION AREA: SQLCABC = 136 AT X'115AA4C8' SQLCODE = 000 AT X'115AA4CC' SQLERRML = 000 AT X'115AA4D0' SQLERRMC = '' AT X'115AA4D2' SQLERRP = 'DSN' AT X'115AA518' SQLERRD(1-6) = 000, 000, 00001, -1, 00000, 000 AT X'115AA520' SQLWARN(0-A) = '_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _' AT X'115AA538' SQLSTATE = 00000 AT X'115AA543' OFFSET:X'00186C' LINE:UNKNOWN EIBFN=X'1802' ENTER: CONTINUE PF1 : UNDEFINED PF2 : UNDEFINED PF3 : END EDF SESSION PF4 : SUPPRESS DISPLAYS PF5 : WORKING STORAGE PF6 : USER DISPLAY PF7 : SCROLL BACK PF8 : SCROLL FORWARD PF9 : STOP CONDITIONS PF10: PREVIOUS DISPLAY PF11: EIB DISPLAY PF12: ABEND USER TASK


Figure 10-46 The system immediately flooded with alerts

To help figure out what was going wrong we sorted by Attribute and noticed that most of the alerts were for DB2RDYQW. CICS TS for z/OS: CICS DB2 Guide, SC34-6014 describes this object attribute as:

The elapsed time in which the user task waited for a DB2 thread to become available.

Thus, at this point we know there are thread problems.


Figure 10-47 Check for Units of work, get an idea of what is out there

Let’s look at the Units of work link, which is found under the Activity tab on the left side of the screen in Figure 10-47. Since there are many screens of data and the initial screen above only shows a few lines, we sort the data by Transaction that started UOW by clicking the sort icon.


Figure 10-48 Sort the UOW display by Transaction name

The sorted display, which is much better than a CEMT Inquire display, lets us quickly see that there are many DB2U transactions out there, and having a little bit of knowledge of the application, we know they are Update transactions, so we can suspect a lockout.


Figure 10-49 Custom-made WUI screen that includes valuable data all on one screen

Using our custom-made DB2 Entry display, made with the CICSPlex SM View editor, we notice that the DB2U transaction has all 5 threads in use and has some waiting.


Figure 10-50 Print ready screen shot of the UOW screen

To make identifying problems like this easier, you should use the PRINT preview icon button on the top right corner of any screen to convert the display into a print ready version. When you have several hundred lines of output to look through it could take forever. No other tool or CEMT Inquire displays can match this feature. You now have a scroll bar on the right side of the screen and you can scroll up and down very quickly, looking for trends.


Figure 10-51 The Unit of Work link screen

The UOW link screen, taken from the left tool bar menu under the Activity topic, shows you what kinds of work is out there waiting. You can see that there is RMI DSNCSQL work related to the DB2U work, so we can now suspect something on the DB2 side.


Figure 10-52 Same display using the Print icon again

Again the print preview icon helps us look through 403 lines of data in just an instant.


Figure 10-53 Task screen from the menu on the left side of the screen

Sorting the TASK display by Task ID using the descending button lets us look for tasks with older task numbers, and of course at this point we are looking to purge a DB2U transaction.


Figure 10-54 Purging a transaction

Selecting the record box next to the old DB2U tran and then clicking Forcepurge quickly dispatches the offender and things start to clear up.


Figure 10-55 Back to our custom DB2 Entry display

Going back to our custom display, remember that with the Web user interface windows, you can have every one you ever looked at still open. A quick refresh shows that no one is waiting on threads anymore and we are well below max thread usage.

Figure 10-56 The offending transaction has been cancelled

TRANSACTION: DB2U PROGRAM: PROGDB2U TASK: 0072722 APPLID: SCSCPJA6 DISPLAY: 00 STATUS: COMMAND EXECUTION COMPLETE CALL TO RESOURCE MANAGER DSNCSQL EXEC SQL UPDATE P.AUTH=CICSUSER, S.AUTH= PLAN=PROGDB2U, DBRM=PROGDB2U, STMT=00387, SECT=00002 SQL COMMUNICATION AREA: SQLCABC = 136 AT X'115AA4C8' SQLCODE = 000 AT X'115AA4CC' SQLERRML = 000 AT X'115AA4D0' SQLERRMC = '' AT X'115AA4D2' SQLERRP = 'DSN' AT X'115AA518' SQLERRD(1-6) = 000, 000, 00001, -1, 00000, 000 AT X'115AA520' SQLWARN(0-A) = '_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _' AT X'115AA538' SQLSTATE = 00000 AT X'115AA543' OFFSET:X'00186C' LINE:UNKNOWN EIBFN=X'1802' ENTER: CONTINUE PF1 : UNDEFINED PF2 : UNDEFINED PF3 : END EDF SESSION PF4 : SUPPRESS DISPLAYS PF5 : WORKING STORAGE PF6 : USER DISPLAY DFHAC2206 17:37:14 SCSCPJA6 Transaction DB2U failed with abend AED3. Updates to local recoverable resources backed out.


Figure 10-57 The alerts are all gone

10.4.5 Scenario: DB2 transaction workload entry vs. pool threadsThis test case was set up to show the differences between dedicated entry threads and pool threads, and to also show how you can use the CICS PM alerts and Web-based screens to tune your DB2 attachment for either fastest results or simplicity, or maybe even both.

In this scenario we set up our environment to have one AOR, the PJA7 region, running all Protected Entry threads and the other AOR, the PJA6 region, running all pool threads, and then compare the workload and the various alerts that CICS PM would generate.

Example 10-6 shows the DB2 Entry definitions for the three transactions we’ll be running in the PJA7 region.

Example 10-6 DB2 Entry definitions with 0002 dedicated protected threads and no Pool overflow

I DB2E STATUS: RESULTS - OVERTYPE TO MODIFY Db2e(DB2N ) Tas Use Ena Poo Hig Pro( 0002 ) Pth(0000) Threadl( 0002 ) Threads(0000) Twa Plan( PROGDB2N ) Db2e(DB2R ) Tas Use Ena Poo Hig Pro( 0002 ) Pth(0000) Threadl( 0002 ) Threads(0000) Twa Plan( PROGDB2R ) Db2e(DB2U ) Tas Use Ena Poo Hig Pro( 0002 ) Pth(0000)


Threadl( 0002 ) Threads(0000) Twa Plan( PROGDB2U )

Example 10-7 shows the DB2 Connection settings that will be used for the pool threads in the PJA6 region. We’re keeping the pool settings pretty small so we can trigger some alerts.

The test environment is using a DB2 V7 subsystem, which has the newer L8 TCBs dedicated for DB2 threads. The Tcblimit parameter limits us to using only 4 of the 15 available MAXOPENTCBs and the Threadlimit restricts us to using only 3 active thread connections at a time. What you’ll see in this test is that the PJA7 region needs at least 6 TCBs to process all the defined dedicated threads and we only have 4 available, thus we are guaranteed to have TCB waits.

Example 10-7 DB2 Connection with 4 TCBs and 3 pool threads


We initially started with one TPNS workload running 200 terminals that are workload-balanced between the two TORs, which then route our DB2 transactions down to the AOR for the actual processing and DB2 requests.


Figure 10-58 We start seeing alerts on the PJA7 region running the dedicated threads right away

The CICS PM Events screen starts showing a bunch of alerts for the PJA7 region. One alert is from the DB2CONN group and all the others are from the XTASK objects.

The excerpt from CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027 in Table 10-3 shows the source for the DB2CONN threshold data and what it means.

Table 10-3 Source for DB2CONN threshold data

The TCBRDYQHWM threshold means that we have more tasks waiting for TCBs than our threshold limit of 8—14 tasks are waiting. This indicates that we need to increase our TCBLIMIT system parameter to get more throughput.

Since we have lowered our TCBs and Threads to a very low level to cause a system problem on purpose, we know exactly what actions we need to take to resolve the problem: just raise the available TCB and Thread limits. If this was not a simulation, we would also be looking for other event thresholds that may indicate what other types of problems may be involved.


TCBRDYQHWM STAT Peak number of tasks on TCB Readyq


The excerpt from CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027 in the table below shows you the source for the XTASK threshold data and what it means.

Table 10-4 Source for the XTASK threshold data

The DB2CONWT threshold means that each alert is a task waiting on the ready queue for an OPEN TCB to process its thread. Notice that there are 14 of these alerts, so these are the tasks on the TCBRDYQ mentioned in the first alert. What this means is that all the alerts are telling us the same thing: that we need more TCBs to process the threads we have waiting. But if we only increase the TCBs, then we will just change over to THREAD wait alerts, so we need to raise both our TCBlimit and Threadlimit parameters.

We’ll go through a couple of screen shots to show how we used CICS PM to diagnose and correct the situations:

Figure 10-59 DB2 Connection display

Clicking DB2CON Identifier in Figure 10-59 takes you to the DB2 Connection screen in Figure 10-59. Region PJA7 is the region running with the dedicated protected threads.

So at this point the PJA6 region is running fine with 4 TCBs and 3 pool threads, but the PJA7 region is unable to keep up with 4 TCBs and 3 transactions each using 2 dedicated threads. That definition setup seems to be a guaranteed problem. We can quickly see this with 3 transaction definitions, but what about systems that may have hundreds of DB2Entry definitions? You could easily have more thread requirements than your TCBs could handle.

We can attempt to increase the number of threads that each transaction uses, but it won’t do much good because there will still only be 4 TCBs for an even larger number of dedicated threads to fight over. So we’ll start out by increasing the PJA7 region’s Connection and TCBlimit to see if we can provide more resources for the 6 dedicated threads.


DB2CONWT CMF DB2 Connection (TCB) wait time


To help make it easier to see what is going on with 2 different regions both running different thread setups, we’re going to use 2 custom screens we made that include the necessary fields we need to see exactly what is going on—all on one screen.

Figure 10-60 Custom DB2 Connection Status screen showing PJA6 using the pool

The screen in Figure 10-60 shows the DB2 Connection information for both PJA6 and PJA7 at the same time. The data on the first line shows activity in the pool threads, and the lack of data on the second line shows that the pool threads are not in use. We’re getting a lot of pool thread waits in the PJA6 region, but due to the waits we are also picking up a lot of thread reuse, so you get a little goodness with the bad.

Let’s look at our custom DB2 Entry display screen. In Figure 10-61 on page 267 you can see that the activity is swapped. The PJA7 region is now getting statistical numbers, thus showing that PJA7 is using dedicated threads. The lack of information in the PJA6 lines shows that its activity is all taking place under the DB2 Connection area using the pool.


Figure 10-61 Custom DB2 Entry Status screen showing PJA7 using dedicated threads

From these numbers we can see that we are getting tons of thread reuse but also quite a lot of waiting, so if we can fix the waiting we can speed things up. We successfully increased the DB2 Connection TCBlimit and Threadlimit parameters until we started to get some results, that is, less waits and less alerts.

By leaving the PJA7 dedicated thread settings alone we focused on the PJA7 DB2 Connection settings, changing TCBlimit/Threadlimit from 4/3 to 5/4. Nothing really seemed to improve, but at 8/6 some of the alerts started to clear up.

Example 10-8 .DB2 Connection with 8 TCBs and 6 pool threads



With these new TCBlimit/Threadlimit settings some of the DB2CONWT alerts finally started to go away, which means that we have 3 transactions, each with 2 dedicated threads, so we need at least 6 TCBs to process those dedicated threads without incurring TCB waits.

Figure 10-62 Alerts are going away with 8 TCBs servicing 6 total dedicated threads

We then kept increasing the TCBlimit/Threadlimit until all the DB2CONWT alerts went away. We ended up with a TCBlimit of 12 and a Threadlimit of 10, at which time we were left with one alert, which is a High Water Mark and would not go away until we reset our statistics.


Figure 10-63 Final remaining alert that required a CEMT Perform Stat Res to clear out

In conclusion, have you noticed that we used TPNS to shove as much workload into each region as it could handle and we never saw an alert for the PJA6 region running its transactions all through the pool? So for our very simply workload a pool of 4 TCBs and 3 threads easily outperforms 8 TCBs and 6 dedicated threads, even with some waiting going on.

So now we want to try and generate some more alerts. So we decided to start an additional 1200 terminals of workload through TPNS. At this point we have our 200 terminals running and start 1200 more. Running like this we started to get some threshold alerts on the PJA7 region running with the dedicated threads, so we again increased its settings up to a TCBlimit of 14 and a Threadlimit of 10, leaving the dedicated threads at 2 per transaction.

Alerts kept coming out, so we adjusted the Threadwait option to Tpool to allow the excess thread requests for the PJA7 dedicated threads to roll over to the pool. Again we could have easily increased the number of threads for either or both regions, but what we were trying to show is the effectiveness of using the pool. The PJA6 region never received any alerts. It did have waits, but it also had thread reuse due to the waits.

On the flip side, we ran another test later on changing the MAXOPENTCBS parameter for both regions up to 75, then bumping the PJA6 regions pool up to a TCBLimit of 75 and a THREADLimit of 70. We then adjusted the dedicated thread region, PJA7, to use a TCBLimit


of 75 and a THREADLimit of 70 but set its dedicated threads to 20 threads for each transaction, plus setting them all to protected threads. This scenario easily showed the dedicated protected threads outperforming the pool. Everything was now switched, no alerts for the dedicated thread region, and a never ending battle to clear up alerts for the region with the pool.

10.4.6 CICS PA threshold monitoringThere are several new products available for CICS Transaction Server along with CICS PM, most notably its sister product, CICS Performance Analyzer. There is a redbook available for the CICS PA product, IBM CICS Performance Analyzer V1.2, SG24-6882 that shows you how to use the CICS PA product to tune your systems. CICS PA uses offline SMF data, which can span over a much larger time frame than CICS PM has available to it.

Example 10-9 shows an excerpt from the CICS PA redbook showing a sample report.

Example 10-9 Long summary report of DB2N

V1R2M0 CICS Performance Analyzer DB2 - Long Summary __________________________________________________ DB2R0001 Printed at 11:42:22 10/11/2002 Data from 09:08:01 10/11/2002 to 09:09:59 10/11/2002 APPLID SCSCPJA6 Page 1CICS PA CICS TS V2.2 and DB2 V7.1 Avg Max Avg Max Avg Max Avg Max Avg Max Tran/ Program/ #Tasks/ DB2ConWt DB2ConWt DB2ThdWt DB2ThdWt DB2Rqst DB2Rqst UserCPU UserCPU Response Response #Abends SSID Planname #Threads Time Time Time Time Count Count Time Time Time Time DB2N PROGDB2N 11178 .0020 .2020 .0000 .0000 17.0 17 .002269 .004864 .0410 .3034 0 D7Q2 PROGDB2N 11165 Thread Utilization Entry= 10212 Pool= 953 Command= 0 Class1: Thread Time Avg: Elapsed= .0255 CPU= .001457 Max: Elapsed= .2294 CPU= .002361 Class2: In-DB2 Time Avg: Elapsed= .0021 CPU= .000804 Max: Elapsed= .1113 CPU= .001617 Buffer Manager Summary Avg: GtPgRq= 3.0 SyPgUp= .0 Max: GtPgRq= 3 SyPgUp= 0 Locking Summary Avg: Suspnd= .1 DeadLk= .0 TmeOut= .0 MxPgLk= 1.0 Max: Suspnd= 1 DeadLk= 0 TmeOut= 0 MxPgLk= 1

Figure 10-64 on page 271 shows a sample XTASK DB2CONWT threshold that is set using a Max DB2ConWt value pulled from the CICS PA report in Example 10-9.


Figure 10-64 CICS PA Max DB2ConWt value threshold

What we’re able to do with the two products, CICS PA and CICS PM, is to run through a tuning and monitoring cycle where we use the CICS PA reports to fine tune our systems, then we set CICS PM thresholds based on worst case results (or perhaps just a little bit worse) so that when we get event alerts on these particular thresholds we are now aware that our systems may need a retune, and thus we start the cycle over again.

In our sample scenario, we set DB2CONWT GE 00:00:00.2020 so that if we see a threshold alert we know we need to adjust some settings, and if we can run without any threshold alerts, then we can assume that we are running within our tuning specs.

10.5 ConclusionUsing various CICS PM thresholds we have been able to show several different ways you can use the CICS PM product to keep track of how your system is running and when a problem occurs. We’ve shown how you can quickly research what is going on in your system using the information available to you in the alerts and the Web user interface screens.

Additionally, you can set up custom screens that are extremely effective at displaying the exact fields you want to look at and at sorting through large amounts of data, especially if you take advantage of the Print preview icon to reformat the multitude of screens that may have been presented to you into one single report with a scroll bar that you can quickly browse. We found searching a 4018-line report extremely fast using this method as opposed to paging down forever on a CEMT Inquire display.

CICS PM provides you with an overwhelming number of threshold settings. In this chapter we’ve tried to sort through them and provide you with a manageable number of thresholds you can take advantage of. The key to generating successful alerts is to start out with just a


few thresholds. Be careful that you don’t go wild and define thresholds for everything you find. The problem is that when something goes wrong, you’ll get flooded with alerts and won’t be able to figure anything out since you’ll be sorting through threshold alerts instead of solving your problems.

Start out slowly with just a few thresholds and then build on them as you analyze the problems they are showing you by adding more thresholds that will ultimately help you identify the real problem. Use the Severity field to make thresholds that are closest to your resources the highest severity and use lower severities for resources that are more generic. For example, if you go Max Task, it’s usually because of a resource that is constrained, so your max task threshold should be a lower severity than any actual resource that is constrained, such as a shortage of DB2 threads.


Chapter 11. Storage scenario in CICS

In this chapter, we present some scenarios on storage monitoring using CICS PM and the Web user interface screens.

11

Note: The scenarios are designed to provide situations that would allow us to demonstrate how CICS PM can be used for daily monitoring. The CICS regions were not necessarily tuned and in some cases regions were constrained in order to cause certain events to trigger. Therefore, these scenarios and the results provided should be seen as demonstrations only.


11.1 The CICS dynamic storage areasFor CICS TS, the primary controls for the amount of virtual storage a CICS region will allocate and utilize for its Dynamic Storage Area (DSA) are the Maximum Task (MXT) specification, the Dynamic Storage Area Limit (DSALIM) specification, and the Extended Dynamic Storage Area Limit (EDSALIM) specification.

When MXT is set, the kernel and dispatcher attempt to preallocate sufficient control blocks to guarantee that MXT user tasks can be created concurrently. The majority of the preallocation is obtained from CICS Dynamic Storage Area (CDSA) and Extended CICS Dynamic Storage Areas (ECDSA). A small amount of MVS storage is also required for each task (approximately 256 bytes above the 16 MB boundary and 32 bytes below the 16 MB boundary for each user task). The preallocation based on MXT is closely interrelated with the DSA size limits as specified in DSALIM and EDSALIM.

When MXT is set too low, it constrains the system and can have a negative effect on both throughput and response times.

When MXT is set too high, CICS will force MXT to be smaller, and become consistent with available storage.

The CICS private area has both static and dynamic storage requirements. The static areas are set at initialization time and normally do not vary over the execution of that address space. The static areas can be changed by resetting either the DSALIM or EDSALIM values via the CEMT master terminal command or an EXEC CICS SET command. The dynamic areas increase or decrease their allocations, within the limits set, as the needs of the address space vary, such as when a data set is opened and closed and VTAM inbound messages are being queued. It is these dynamic areas that require monitoring in an effort to gain some advance notice of when dynamic storage areas are approaching problem status.

In CICS TS there are eight dynamic storage areas, four areas below the 16 MB boundary and four above the 16 MB boundary. The dynamic storage areas are:

User DSA (UDSA)

The user-key storage area for all user-key task-lifetime storage below the 16 MB boundary.

Read-only DSA (RDSA)

The key-0 storage area for all reentrant programs and tables below the 16 MB boundary.

Shared DSA (SDSA)

The user-key storage area for any non-reentrant user-key RMODE(24) programs, and also for any storage obtained by programs issuing CICS GETMAIN commands for storage below the 16 MB boundary with the SHARED option.

CICS DSA (CDSA)

The CICS-key storage area for all non-reentrant CICS-key RMODE(24) programs, all CICS-key task-lifetime storage, and for CICS control blocks that reside below the 16 MB boundary.

Extended user DSA (EUDSA)

The user-key storage area for all user-key task-lifetime storage above the 16 MB boundary.

Extended read-only DSA (ERDSA)

The key-0 storage area for all reentrant programs and tables above the 16 MB boundary.


Extended shared DSA (ESDSA)

The user-key storage area for any non-reentrant user-key RMODE(ANY) programs, and also for any storage obtained by programs issuing CICS GETMAIN commands for storage above the 16 MB boundary with the SHARED option.

Extended CICS DSA (ECDSA)

The CICS-key storage area for all non-reentrant CICS-key RMODE(ANY) programs, all CICS-key task-lifetime storage, and CICS control blocks that reside above the 1 MB boundary.

11.1.1 CICS subpoolsCICS subpools are found in each of the dynamic storage areas. Most of the subpools are placed above the 16 MB line. The subpools that are found below the 1 MB line, in CDSA, SDSA, RDSA, and UDSA, need to be carefully monitored due to the limited space available. Individual subpools may be static or dynamic. All subpools are rounded up to a multiple of 4KB in storage size and this rounding factor should be included in any subpool sizing or evaluation of storage size changes. CICS statistics contain useful information about the size and use of the dynamic storage area subpools. The CICS subpools may be grouped and described according to the major factor affecting their use.

Application design

The use of CICS facilities such as program LINK, SHARED storage GETMAINs, the type of file requests, use of temporary storage, application program attributes, or the number of concurrent DBCTL, or DB2, requests affect storage requirements.

Number of file definitions

These subpools may only be tuned by reducing the number of file definitions, or by using MRO.

The use of DBCTL or DB2

These subpools are only present if DBCTL or DB2 are used. The subpools may be tuned by reducing the number of threads, or by using maximum tasks (MXT) or transaction classes.

Nucleus and macro table storage

It may be possible to reduce the macro table storage by reducing the number of macro definitions or by migrating selected macro-defined tables to RDO.

Number and type of terminal definitions

The OPNDLIM system initialization parameter may also be tuned to limit storage use.

See the CICS Performance Guide, SC34-6009 for more information about CICS subpools.

11.1.2 Monitoring CICS dynamic storage areasFigure 11-1 on page 276 shows the CICS resource pane and some highlighted CICS PM resource types. The highlighted resource types contain attributes in their associated resource tables that can be used to define thresholds for monitoring the CICS dynamic storage ares.

Chapter 11. Storage scenario in CICS 275

Figure 11-1 CICS resources pane

The resource type descriptive names within CICS PM correspond to 8-byte names by which the resources are know in CICSPlex SM resource tables and described in CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027. Also, when defining threshold definitions, the attributes displayed by CICS PM are those defined in the CICSPlex SM resource tables and described in the same manual.

The following table cross-references the CICS storage-related CICS PM resource type names with their corresponding CICSPlex SM resource table names.

Which attribute of a resource type to monitor requires some research. In some instances, the same or similar attributes can be found in multiple resource types. For example, the short-on-storage attribute is defined in the CICSRGN resource table as SOSSTATUS, and in the CICSSTOR resource table as SMSSOSTATUS. They share the same values (SOS, NOTSOS, SOSABOVE, and SOSBELOW) and the same source, which is CICS statistics. CICSPlex SM system availability monitor also has an !!SAMSOS attribute that represents the

CICS PM resource name CICSPlex SM resource table name

CICS storage CICSSTOR

DSAs CICSPAGP

Region CICSRGN

CICS DSA Storage CICSDSA


same condition. In this instance, either resource would prove sufficient for triggering a short-on-storage CICS PM event.

Threshold attributes for the normal monitoring of CICS DSA, however, present a different opportunity. For example, if the free space low water mark for dynamic storage areas is to be monitored, then there are several methods available to accomplish this goal. Figure 11-2 is an example of several events being triggered for free space low water marks.

Figure 11-2 Event list table

Figure 11-3 shows that events were triggered for CICS Storage, DSAs, and CICS DSA Storage resource types.

Figure 11-3 Event list

Of the seven events triggered, three are for CDSA free storage low water mark, CMZA6602, CMZ52A82, and CMZ82600. Figure 11-4 through Figure 11-7 on page 279 show the CICS PM threshold definitions used to trigger each event.

The CMZA6602 definition in Figure 11-4 uses the SMSCLWMFSTG attribute associated with the CICS PM CICS Storage resource type. It is found in the CICSSTOR resource table. The attribute description is “CDSA LWM free storage”. Also in the threshold definition, the Resource Identifier field is set to “* “for a generic wild card. In the event list the identifier resolves to a hypertext link with the CICS region name as text. In this threshold definition, the attribute designates a specific dynamic storage area to which it applies.

Figure 11-4 CMZA6602 threshold definition

The CMZ52A82 definition in Figure 11-5 on page 278 uses the SMSLWMFSTG attribute and is associated with the CICS PM DSAs resource type and it is found in the CICSPAGP resource table. The attribute description is “LWM free storage”. In this definition, the Resource Identifier is set to ”*“ for a generic wild card. In the event list, three events have


been triggered with the identifier field resolving to CDSA, RDSA, and EUDSA. This points out the fact that the SMSLWMFSTG attribute is not specific to any dynamic storage area. This threshold is tested against all dynamic storage areas and events are triggered for each area in which the test evaluates to true. In each of the events, the identifiers are hypertext links with the name of the dynamic storage area as text.

Figure 11-5 CMZ52A82 threshold definition

The CMZ82600 definition in Figure 11-6 uses the LWMFREE attribute, which is associated with the CICS PM CICS DSA Storage resource type and is found in the CICSDSA resource table. The attribute description is “LWM of free storage”. In this definition, the Resource Identifier is set to CDSA. This will limit the testing of this definition to the CDSA free low-water-mark. This attribute is not limited to a specific dynamic storage area. This threshold is normally tested against all dynamic storage areas, and events are triggered for each area in which the test evaluates to true. The identifier in this event is a hypertext link with CDSA as the text. This definition outlines a method of limiting the scope of testing a threshold to a specific dynamic storage area.

Figure 11-6 CMZ82600 threshold definition

The CMZ7AB42 definition in Figure 11-7 on page 279 uses the PCTFREE attribute which is associated with the CICS PM DSAs resource type and is found in the CICSPAGP resource table. The attribute description is “Percent available total space”. In this definition, the Resource Identifier field is CD*, which is a wild card specification that limits testing to dynamic storage areas whose names begin with CD. In this instance the CDSA dynamic storage area meets this criteria and the test evaluated to true. With these two facts being true, the event is triggered.


Figure 11-7 CMZ7AB42 threshold definition

As these examples show, CICS PM provides great flexibility in deciding how to set up threshold definitions. The sample definitions outline several alternative approaches to setting up for monitoring CICS dynamic storage areas. Tests can be made to specific values for storage limits or a percentage of allocated storage. The use of wild cards in the identifier field allows testing of some or all dynamic storage areas. Conversely, tests can be limited to specific dynamic storage areas by using the name of the dynamic storage area in the identifier field or selecting an attribute that refers to a specific dynamic storage area. The applicability of any of these methods depends upon the goal to be achieved by monitoring.

Before setting any storage thresholds for CICS PM, some time should be spent obtaining statistics about the storage profile of all regions to be monitored. Since CICS PM is more of an exception monitor, some notion of the characteristics of a normal system versus a peak processing system would be valuable in determining what thresholds to set and which dynamic storage areas need monitoring.

11.2 Scenario oneIn this scenario, we show the progression through CICS PM and Web user interface screens in an effort to investigate a CICS region low in free space in a dynamic storage area.

A threshold group, AORStorage, was created to hold storage thresholds for AORs in the CICSplex. Figure 11-8 on page 280 shows the thresholds contained in the AORStorage group.


Figure 11-8 Threshold group AORStorage definitions

The first threshold, CMZA6602, uses the PCTCFREE attribute of the CICS Storage resource type. PCTCFREE is defined as the free storage percentage of the CDSA. The threshold will trigger a warning event if the percentage of free storage in CDSA falls to twenty percent or less.

The AORStorage group was installed against the WLSAORS CICS system group, which contains the SCSCPAA1 and SCSCPAA4 AOR regions.

Figure 11-9 on page 281 shows the CICS PM event monitor screen with two events triggered. Both events are for the CMZA6602 threshold.


Figure 11-9 Event monitoring window

The events show that in both of the regions, SCSCPAA1 and SCSCPAA4, the total free space for CDSA is below twenty percent. SCSCPAA1 is at 14.453 percent and SCSCPAA4 is at 14.844 percent.

To begin the investigation into this event, the entry for SCSCPAA1 is selected and the Identifier hypertext link is clicked. See Figure 11-10 on page 282. In this instance, the Identifier field holds the region name.


Figure 11-10 Clicking hypertext link

Of the four hypertext links on the highlighted entry, the Identifier link promises to navigate to the Web browser window closest to the issue.

Figure 11-11 on page 283 shows the Web browser window that appears in response to the identifier link being clicked.


Figure 11-11 Web browser screen after clicking hypertext link

The browser screen shows an overview of CICS dynamic storage allocations for the SCSCPAA1 region. The screen has four hypertext links and two resettable fields. The resettable fields allow the limits of DSA and EDSA to be reset in the event the values were not adequate. The hypertext link fields facilitate drilling down to finer detail in an effort to gain a complete picture of what is occurring within the dynamic storage areas.

In this scenario, the Total storage currently allocated to DSAs link is clicked, which causes the Dynamic Storage Areas (DSA) browser screen to appear. See Figure 11-12 on page 284.

Hypertext links

Resettable fields


Figure 11-12 Dynamic Storage Areas (DSA) screen

This screen shows an overview of the four dynamic storage areas located below the 16 MB boundary. For CDSA, the size is 1048576 and free storage is 143360. This screen has a hypertext link to the EDSA version of the same screen. It also has hypertext links to the four dynamic storage areas and to current subpool details. Clicking the CDSA hypertext link on this screen will cause the Dynamic Storage Area - CDSA screen to appear. See Figure 11-13 on page 285 and Figure 11-14 on page 286 for a complete view of this screen.

Hypertext links


Figure 11-13 Dynamic storage area - CDSA screen - part 1


Figure 11-14 Dynamic storage area - CDSA screen. Part 2

After reviewing the information presented in the various Web browser screens, we can conclude that for this scenario there is no real issue with CDSA being less than twenty percent free. The basis for this conclusion is found on the first Web browser screen navigated to via the Identifier hypertext link in Figure 11-11 on page 283. On that screen the value for the current DSA limit is 5242880 while storage currently allocated to DSAs is 2097152. This indicates that only approximately fifty percent of the total available DSA space has been utilized. The SCSCPAA1 region has the opportunity to grow its allocated DSA close to 100 percent before lack of storage becomes a real problem.

Other than linking to the EDSA version of these screens, the CICS Dynamic Storage Areas screen has two other hypertext links that could prove useful in tracking down a storage issue. They are Domain subpools and Task subpools.

Domain subpools

The hypertext link to the domain subpools screen in Figure 11-15 on page 287 presents summary information concerning subpools in all of the dynamic storage areas. Clicking on a subpool name, a hypertext link, drills down to a screen with detailed information about the subpool (Figure 11-16 on page 288). On the Dynamic Storage Areas (DSA) screen in Figure 11-12 on page 284 the values on the Current Subpools (domain and task) row are also hypertext links that present the domain subpools screen showing only the domains in the selected dynamic storage are.


Figure 11-15 Domain subpools summary screen

Hypertext links


Figure 11-16 Domain subpools details screen

Task subpools

The task subpools hypertext link presents summary information concerning CDSA, ECDSA UDSA, and EUDSA for the selected CICS region on the Task subpool screen in, Figure 11-17 on page 289. The DSA names in the Name of dynamic storage area (DSA) column are also hypertext links that drill down to task subpool detail information; see Figure 11-18 on page 290.


Figure 11-17 Task subpools summary screen

Hypertext links


Figure 11-18 Task subpools details screen

11.3 Scenario two descriptionIn this scenario, we investigate a short-on-storage event trigger. The objective of the scenario is to show a method of progressing through CICS PM and Web user interface screens with the goals of relieving the short-on-storage condition, returning the region to good health, and determining what caused the condition to arise.

Figure 11-19 on page 291 shows the event monitor window with three CICSPlex SM system activity monitor events triggered. The events are:

� !!SAMSOS, which shows the SCSCPAA1 region to be short-on-storage above the line.

� !!SAMSTL, which show the SCSCPAA1 region to be in a storage stalled condition.

� !!SAMSTL, which shows the SCSCPAA1 region to be in a program stalled condition.


Figure 11-19 Event monitor window with short-on-storage events

Upon seeing the short-on-storage event, the first action was to click the region field hypertext link associated with the short-on-storage event. The SCSCPAA1 region was identified as the region with the problem.

Note: CPSM provides a facility called Stall detection. In the MAS you have a number of EYUPARMS that may be specified, called STALLxxxTSK and STALLxxxCNT. One of the values for xxx is PGM, for Program stall detection, and another is STG for storage stall detection. STALLPGMTSK(2), STALLPGMCNT(4), STALLSTGTSK(1), and STALLSTGCNT(3) are the default values.

When an MAS starts up, one of the things that is automatically started is Stall detection. CICSPlex SM looks for suspended transactions with a particular suspend type and puts those transactions in different “buckets”. For example, there is a program stall bucket for transactions that have a CICS suspend type of PROGRAM. Likewise, there is a storage stall bucket for transactions that have a CICS suspend type of xDSA or ExDSA. When a transaction is put into a stall bucket, and there are at least STALLxxxTSK number of transactions for STALLxxxCNT number of checks, then you will get the SAMSTALL with the specified reason. For a list of STALLxxxTSK/CNT parameters and their default values and the CICS suspend types associated with each value, see the section “CICSPlex SM System parameters” in CICS Transaction Server Installation Guide, GC34-5985.

CICSPlex SM short-on-storage events


Clicking the region hypertext link caused the CICS region - Overview browser screen to appear. Figure 11-20 shows the screen presenting general information about the SCSCPAA1 region.

Figure 11-20 CICS region - Overview screen

The appearance of a scroll bar on the right of the window indicated more information was available on the window. Therefore, the window was scrolled down to the area that had information about storage in the region; see Figure 11-21 on page 293.


Figure 11-21 CICS region - Overview screen 2

This view of the CICS region - Overview screen showed the SCSCPAA1 Short on storage status to be Sosabove. This indicates that EDSA is the area that has exhausted its available storage. This view also showed a hypertext link to CICS storage browser screens.

Clicking the CICS storage hypertext link caused the CICS Dynamic Storage Areas browser screen to show; see Figure 11-22 on page 294.

Region status is sociables

Hypertext link to more DSA information


Figure 11-22 CICS Dynamic Storage Areas screen

Investigation of the EDSA information on this screen revealed that currently allocated EDSA was equal to the current EDSA limit. Also on the screen, the Current EDSA limit field is a list box with a check box to the left. There is also an Apply changes tab at the bottom of the screen. The current EDSA limit can be modified by entering the new desired limit in the list box, clicking the check box, and clicking the Apply changes tab. In this scenario, the Current EDSA limit was changed from 57671680 to 62914560; see Figure 11-23 on page 295.

EDSA information


Figure 11-23 Current EDSA limit change

With the change to current EDSA limit in place, some processing occurred in the region, but it soon exhausted EDSA to the new limit; see Figure 11-24 on page 296.

EDSA limit change


Figure 11-24 New EDSA limit screen

We repeated the steps used to reset the current EDSA limit and the EDSA limit was raised from 62914560 to 73400320. With this change, the system availability monitor events for the SCSCPAA1 region were removed from the event monitor screen. A refresh of the CICS Dynamic Storage Areas screen in Figure 11-25 on page 297 confirmed the region Short on storage status field had changed to Notsos and the SCSCPAA1 region was processing normally again. The screen also showed that the amount of storage allocated to EDSA had peaked at 63963136.

EDSA information


Figure 11-25 CICS Dynamic Storage Areas resolution screen

At this point the short-on-storage condition had been relieved and the SCSCPAA1 region was back in good health. Now the issue was trying to find what caused the condition to occur.

On the CICS Dynamic Storage Areas screen, there is a hypertext link to the Domain subpools browser window; see Figure 11-26 on page 298.

EDSA information


Figure 11-26 Domain subpool screen

When the Domain subpool screen appeared, the descending sort icon on the Current page storage column was clicked. This caused the subpools to be sorted by size, largest first. The TSMAIN subpool’s current page storage size was 21430272, which indicated temporary storage had grown to 21 MB. In this scenario, this was a clear indication of what caused the SCSCPAA1 region to go short-on-storage.

11.3.1 ConclusionCICS allocates dynamic storage areas automatically. This eliminates the requirement to specify the size of each individual dynamic storage area. It appears this also means that the collective sizes of the dynamic storage areas at the time of observation may not add up to the maximum as specified in DSALIM or EDSALIM.

CICS will manipulate the individual dynamic storage areas with the goal of sustaining workload at MXT without causing a short-on-storage condition. CICS will take storage from one dynamic area that has some excess and assign it to another dynamic area that has a need to expand when allocated DSA has expanded to its specified limit. By doing this, CICS complicates the task of setting thresholds for monitoring the condition of the various CICS dynamic areas.

Because of the dynamic nature of storage manipulation in the CICS dynamic storage areas, thresholds such as high water marks, low water marks, and percentage of free space become

Problem subpool


more relevant only as the current storage allocations for DSA and EDSA approach their respective DSALIM and EDSALIM. Two thresholds that could be useful when used in conjunction with thresholds mentioned above are associated with the CICS Storage resource type, which is under the Regions limb of the resource tree. The attributes are:

� SMSHWMDSATOT - High water mark DSA total

� SMSHWMEDSATO - High water mark EDSA total

Figure 11-27 shows an example of the two thresholds being defined to trigger an event if the high water mark of either total allocated DSA or total allocated EDSA grows to be equal to or greater than ninety percent of DSALIM or EDSALIM.

Figure 11-27 Threshold definitions for DSA and EDSA high water marks

With these two thresholds installed, in conjunction with other thresholds that more specifically target important dynamic storage areas, storage events would only become critical when one of the total high water mark events triggers, along with an event that highlights a specific dynamic area that is growing close to a problem status.


Chapter 12. Java scenario in CICS

In this chapter, we set up threshold definitions to monitor JVM performance and TCP/IP connectivity. The scenarios covered are:

� JCICS application on non-resettable JVM

� JCICS application on resettable JVM

� EJB application with Xresettable=YES

� EJB application on resettable JVM with a resettable event or JVM phaseout

� TCP/IP connection status

� TCP/IP Maxsockets

12

Note: The scenarios were used to provide situations that would allow us to demonstrate the use of CICS Performance Analyzer reports. The CICS regions were not necessarily tuned for peak performance and in some cases had a high level of tracing active. Therefore, these scenarios and the results provided should be seen as demonstrations only and do not provide definitive results for a customer environment.


12.1 CICS and JavaYou can write Java application programs that use CICS services and execute under CICS control. CICS TS 2.2 supports three programming models. All three models are supported by the new Persistent Reusable JVM that executes under CICS control.

12.1.1 Java language programs in CICSCICS TS provides a Java class library called JCICS that covers most of the functions of the traditional EXEC CICS programming interface. The class library is shipped in the dfjcics.jar file and can be downloaded to your workstation for use in an Integrated Development Environment (IDE), such as WebSphere Studio Application Developer (WSAD). JCICS allows you to access CICS resources (such as VSAM files), CICS transient data and temporary storage queues, or invoke other CICS programs and transactions.

Although these CICS Java programs run in a JVM environment, they are invoked the same way as other CICS programs written in procedural languages. They can be invoked as initial programs of a transaction through a transaction definition, through an EXEC CICS LINK or EXEC CICS XCTL with or without a COMMAREA, as a program that executes an EXEC CICS START TRANSACTION request, through APPC, through transient data queue triggering mechanism, and by all other available traditional means.

CICS support of the Java language and the JCICS class library were introduced in CICS TS V1.3. It was further enhanced in CICS TS 1.3 by APAR PQ34321 to provide SQLJ and JDBC access to DB2 relational databases.

12.1.2 Stateless CORBA objectsStateless CORBA objects are Java server applications that are invoked by a client application using the Internet Inter-ORB Protocol (IIOP). No state is maintained in object attributes between successful invocation of methods.

Inbound CORBA object communication was introduced in CICS TS V1.3. In CICS TS V2.2, CORBA objects can also make outbound IIOP calls. They can therefore behave as a client or as a server within the scope of an Object Transaction Service (OTS) distributed transaction.

Stateless CORBA objects can use JCICS API to interact with CICS.

12.1.3 Enterprise JavaBeansEnterprise JavaBeans or EJBs are non-visual server-side components of a distributed transactional application that conform to Sun Microsystem’s Enterprise JavaBean Specification. CICS has implemented support for the version 1.1 level of this specification by mapping the interfaces defined in the specification to underlying CICS services.

You can develop Enterprise JavaBeans that use the JCICS class library to access CICS resources or programs directly, but these applications will not be portable to a non-CICS EJB runtime environment.

The EJB specification defines two types of Enterprise JavaBeans:

� Session beans that encapsulate a session between a client and a server component. There are two varieties of session beans:

– Stateless session beans that behave in a manner similar to Stateless CORBA Objects, that is, state data is not maintained between method invocations. Stateless session


bean objects can handle multiple requests from multiple clients so sessions can be pooled. An OTS transaction cannot span through method invocations.

– Stateful session beans that support multiple consecutive method invocations originating from the same client. The state data is maintained between method invocations. The bean object exists for the duration of a single client/server session and an OTS transaction can span multiple method invocations.

CICS fully supports both types of session beans. It is important to understand that a method invocation for both types of session beans maps to one CICS transaction, so the system behavior in both cases conforms to the CICS pseudo-conversational programming model.

� Entity beans that usually encapsulate access to relational data. Entity beans are not supported by CICS TS. Relational data that would usually reside in a local DB2 database can be accessed through JDBC or SQLJ interfaces.

12.2 Monitoring JVM performanceIn this section, we consider threshold definition attributes that reflect the performance of running JVM tasks, and how to find sensible threshold values for these attributes. We then consider a suitable way of managing them for our purposes, using CICS PM Threshold Groups.

12.2.1 JVM-related Threshold AttributesThe following attributes have been selected from the many available as being useful for monitoring JVM performance.

From the Activity category, the Task resource:

From the Enterprise Java category, the JVMPools resource:

12.2.2 Threshold valuesFinding sensible values for your selected attributes will be an iterative process. Through using CICS PM with your own systems, the threshold values will be refined over time. As a starting point, you could simply set high threshold values with a less-than condition, and take a look at the actual values that show up on the Event Monitor.

Attribute Data type Source Len Sum Description

J8CPUT SCLOCK CMF 8 MAX J8 TCB Mode CPU time

JVMTIME SCLOCK CMF 8 MAX Total JVM elapsed time

JVMSUSP SCLOCK CMF 8 MAX Total JVM suspend time

TMRJTDLY SCLOCK STAT 8 AVG Maximum JVM TCB delay time

TMRJVMIT SCLOCK STAT 8 AVG JVM elapsed time - initialize

TMRJVMRT SCLOCK STAT 8 AVG JVM elapsed time - resetting

Attribute Data type Source Len Sum Description

SJGCURRJVMS BIN STAT 4 AVG Number of Current JVMs

Chapter 12. Java scenario in CICS 303

Alternatively, taking historical analysis from the CICS Performance Analyzer (CICS PA) product will give a good indication of how the system runs. We looked at the values produced during the writing of IBM CICS Performance Analyzer V1.2, SG24-6882 for JVMsq—and although the scenarios are not exactly identical—the average values found in those reports should give us a ballpark figure to start with. Details of the CICS PA summaries are shown in 12.2.4, “Threshold group JVM_reset_NO” on page 304 and 12.2.5, “Threshold group JVM_reset_YES” on page 306.

12.2.3 Threshold groupsAs we wish to introduce two “sets” of threshold definitions, each with the same attributes but different trigger values, it makes sense to define them in distinct threshold groups. This will then allow us to install them into a specific scope. Figure 12-1 shows the two groups, JVM_reset_NO and JVM_reset_YES, in the Threshold Group list.

Figure 12-1 New threshold groups created for JVM monitoring

12.2.4 Threshold group JVM_reset_NOUsing the CICS PA data shown in Example 12-1 and Example 12-2, we have a starting point for our threshold definition values.

Example 12-1 CICS PA JVM summary for JVM with Xresettable=NO

V1R2M0 CICS Performance Analyzer Performance Summary __________________________________________________ SUMM0001 Printed at 18:22:38 10/15/2002 Data from 15:48:00 10/14/2002 to 15:57:01 10/14/2002 Page 1SUMMARY report of JVM related fields Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Tran #Tasks Response Dispatch User CPU Suspend DispWait KY8 CPU J8 CPU JVM Elap JVMITime JVM Meth JVMRTime JVM Susp Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time JTS1 95 187.091 18.3475 1.8681 168.743 .0037 1.8667 1.8667 17.0962 16.4318 .6062 .0582 .0205

Example 12-2 CICS PA Dispatcher wait summary for JVM with Xresettable=NO

V1R2M0 CICS Performance Analyzer Performance Summary __________________________________________________ SUMM0001 Printed at 10:19:11 10/16/2002 Data from 15:48:00 10/14/2002 to 15:57:01 10/14/2002 Page 1SUMMARY report of dispatcher wait fields Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Tran Response Dispatch User CPU Suspend Disp1Dly DispWait MaxJTDly MaxOTDly Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time JTS1 187.091 18.3475 1.8681 168.743 .0001 .0037 168.723 .0000


Using this historical data, threshold definitions were created. For category Activity, CICS resource Tasks, they are illustrated in Figure 12-2; for category Enterprise Java, CICS resource JVMPools, they are illustrated in Figure 12-3 on page 306.

Figure 12-2 Activity/Tasks threshold definitions for group JVM_resettable_NO


Figure 12-3 Enterprise Java/JVMPools threshold definitions for group JVM_resettable_NO

12.2.5 Threshold group JVM_reset_YESUsing the CICS PA data shown in Example 12-3 and Example 12-4, we have a starting point for our threshold definition values.

Example 12-3 CICS PA JVM summary for JVM with Xresettable=YES

V1R2M0 CICS Performance Analyzer Performance Summary __________________________________________________ SUMM0001 Printed at 16:06:45 10/16/2002 Data from 18:01:59 10/14/2002 to 18:07:00 10/14/2002 Page 1SUMMARY report of dispatcher wait fields Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Tran #Tasks Response Dispatch User CPU Suspend DispWait KY8 CPU J8 CPU JVM Elap JVMITime JVM Meth JVMRTime JVM Susp Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time JTS1 13376 .3839 .0530 .0130 .3309 .0110 .0117 .0117 .1115 .0000 .1084 .0031 .0589

Example 12-4 CICS PA Dispatcher wait summary for JVM with Xresettable=YES

V1R2M0 CICS Performance Analyzer Performance Summary __________________________________________________ SUMM0001 Printed at 16:49:25 10/16/2002 Data from 18:01:59 10/14/2002 to 18:07:00 10/14/2002 Page 1SUMMARY report of dispatcher wait fields Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Avg Tran Response Dispatch User CPU Suspend Disp1Dly DispWait MaxJTDly MaxOTDly Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time JTS1 .3839 .0530 .0130 .3309 .0001 .0110 .2715 .0000

Using this historical data, threshold definitions were created. For category Activity, CICS resource Tasks, they are illustrated in Figure 12-3; for category Enterprise Java, CICS resource JVMPools, they are illustrated in Figure 12-4 on page 307.


Figure 12-4 Activity/Tasks threshold definitions for group JVM_resettable_YES

Figure 12-5 Enterprise Java/JVMPools threshold definitions for group JVM_resettable_YES


12.2.6 Installing the threshold definitionsFor each scenario to follow, the requirements for installed definitions will be given at the start of the section. For a general discussion of installing threshold groups, refer to Chapter 6, “GUI interface” on page 75.

12.3 JCICS workload scenarioThis scenario involves running a TPNS script that simulates many terminals signed onto two TORs, each simultaneously trying to run a remote JCICS transaction on one AOR. The AOR has a low number of JVMs with which to serve the workload.

12.3.1 TopologyThe TPNS script runs on a separate z/OS region, SC47, and logs 25 terminals onto TOR PTA1, and another 25 terminals onto TOR PTA2. For each of the fifty simulated terminals, one and the same transaction is started. When transaction output is received, a new (identical) transaction run is immediately requested. The transaction is statically routed to AOR PJA6.

Figure 12-6 TPNS driven, statically routed JVM transaction JTS1

The transaction being started on each TPNS terminal invokes a CICS-supplied sample Java program, examples.TSQ.ClassOne. This Java program simply accesses a temporary storage queue, and is provided to illustrate use of the JCICS TSQ class. The transaction is JTS1 and the CICS program name is DFJ$JTS1. The resources are defined in the CICS-supplied CSD group DFH$JVM.

Java Applications in CICS, SC34-6000 fully describes how to generate, set up and run this sample TSQ application.

To run a Java program in a JVM environment, the PROGRAM definition must:

� Specify JVM=YES.

z/OS

z/OS

TPNS Workload

SC47

PTA1 PTA2

PJA6

TOR TOR

AOR Xresettable=NO|YES

Static Routing


� Specify the fully (package) qualified name of the Java class in the JVMCLASS attribute.

� Specify the appropriate member of the DFHJVM DD data set on the JVMPROFILE attribute.

Figure 12-7 shows the relevant parameters from the DFH$JTS1 PROGRAM definition.

Figure 12-7 DFH$JTS1 PROGRAM definition

The JVMPROFILE represents a set of JVM characteristics, which may be different on an application-by-application basis. The profile is located in a data set with DD-name DFHJVM. The settings of most significance in this case are:

JVMPROPS Specifies the full path of the system properties file that resides in HFS and that CICS is to use when creating a JVM. On our system we have: JVMPROPS=/u/cicsts22/props/scscpj##/dfjjvmpr.props

CLASSPATH Specifies the path to user applications. On our system we have: CLASSPATH=/u/cicsts22/lib/eablib.jar:/u/cicsts22/lib/recjava.jar:/usr/lpp/cicsts/cicsts22/samples/dfjcics

Xresettable Specifies whether the JVM is eligible to be reused again for execution of other suitable JVM programs. In our test, we run separate tests with both Xresettable=NO and Xresettable=YES.

Finally, there is one CICS system initialization parameter to be considered: MAXJVMTCBS specifies the maximum number of open TCBs CICS can create for use by JVM programs. We decided to run with the default value of 5.

OBJECT CHARACTERISTICS CICS RELEASE = 0620 CEDA View PROGram( DFJ$JTS1 ) + REMOTEName : Transid : EXECUtionset : Fullapi Fullapi | Dplsubset JVM ATTRIBUTES JVM : Yes No | Yes JVMClass : examples.TSQ.ClassOne : : : : JVMProfile : DFHJVMPR JAVA PROGRAM OBJECT ATTRIBUTES Hotpool : No No | Yes SYSID=PJA6 APPLID=SCSCPJA6 PF 1 HELP 2 COM 3 END 6 CRSR 7 SBH 8 SFH 9 MSG 10 SB 11 SF 12 CNCL

Note: We did not make use of the shareable classes path optimization when running the JCICS scenario. It was used, however, for the EJB scenario.


12.3.2 Monitoring AOR with Xresettable=NOFor the purposes of this scenario, we only need to install threshold group JVM_reset_NO into the scope of region SCSCPJA6.

Figure 12-8 shows a stack of JVM tasks backed up at the beginning of the workload run. This is because of the extremely expensive cost of creating and tearing down JVMs for every task. As we have 50 terminals all trying to run transid JTS1 with a region constraint of MAXJVMTCBS=5, we can see that tasks are waiting for a free JVM TCB for as much as 3 minutes.

Figure 12-8 JVM tasks starting up with Xresettable=NO

Linking through to the Web user interface view for JVMPools shown in Figure 12-9 on page 311, we can see that our Peak number of JVMs matches our maximum available from

Note: These scenarios were used to provide situations that would allow us to demonstrate the use of the CICS Performance Monitor when running with a Java workload. The CICS regions were not necessarily tuned for peak performance and in some cases had a high level of tracing active. Therefore, these scenarios and the results provided should be seen as demonstrations only and do not provide definitive results for a customer environment.


SIT parm MAXJVMTCBS—so we know our workload is pushing our system at or beyond its maximum capabilities.

Figure 12-9 WUI screen showing JVMPOOL status for Xresettable=NO case

To see a further indication of the workload backlog, we can link through to the Web user interface Activity Tasks view shown in Figure 12-10 on page 312.


Figure 12-10 Xresettable=NO case WUI task list

We can now clearly see the number of tasks backed up waiting for a JVM, as the dispatcher shows that the task is waiting on resource JVM_POOL.

Notice that the Event Monitor did not show our SJGCURRJVMS >= 5 condition (threshold definition CMZ00941) being hit. This is due to the timing involved with Xresettable=NO, as JVMs are coming and going in such a way that the sample interval rarely catches site of them. This threshold definition does function much better with Xresettable=YES, as we will see later.

12.3.3 Monitoring AOR with Xresettable=YESFor the purposes of this scenario, we only need to install threshold group JVM_reset_YES into the scope of region SCSCPJA6.


The JVM Profile was modified to specify Xresettable=YES, and CEMT SET JVM PHASEOUT was issued on the AOR PJA6 to ensure that we were starting with a scratch JVM environment. No region recycle was required for this change.

The TPNS workload was restarted, and at the first collection sweep we can see that again we have a stack of JVM tasks waiting due to a dispatcher delay on the JVMPOOL. This is because the first 5 JTS1 transactions must create and initialize a JVM.

Figure 12-11 again shows the effects of the expensive initial cost of creating and initializing the 5 JVMs. This caused our JVMTIME and (more specifically) TMRJVMIT event to fire. This screen shot is from the first Event Monitor auto-refresh after the TPNS workload was started.

Figure 12-11 JTS1 Xresettable=YES - starting up

This is hardly surprising, as our CICS PA-based thresholds are based upon a sample period that excludes the initialization stage. We expect the initialization step to be expensive, and to delay the following transactions for a while until the backlog clears.

Note: The definitions installed for the previous scenario were discarded before installing the JVM_reset_YES group.


Figure 12-12 shows a further snapshot, a few minutes later. Although the number of transactions still Dispatcher-delayed is quite high, we can see that the delay time is significantly less. As the workload continues, the backlog effect of the initialization diminishes.

The tasks continued to be Dispatcher-delayed for JVM availability, albeit for much shorter times as the workload ran. This was due to our intentionally low MAXJVMTCBs setting.

Figure 12-12 Xresettable=YES - backlog reducing

Linking from the SJGCURRJVMS Event to the JVM Pool Web user interface view, shown in Figure 12-13 on page 315, we can see that this time, with Xresettable=YES, the 5 JVMs are concurrently active, as they are not torn down at the end of each transaction.

Note: Now the initialization stage is passed, we are no longer seeing the TMRJVMIT Event firing (while still seeing JVMTIME, due to dispatch delay). If we were to see the TMRJVMIT event firing later in the workload run, it would give us an indication that an application may have caused a resettable event to occur. This is simulated in the last EJB scenario.


Figure 12-13 WUI View of JVM pool when running at MAXJVMTCBs and Xresettable=YES

12.4 EJB workload scenarioThis scenario involves running a Java launcher program on the workstation, which in turn invokes multiple instances of a Java EJB client. Each client then makes method calls to an EJB deployed in CICS.


12.4.1 TopologyFigure 12-14 shows the topology of the EJB setup. Two IIOP listener regions, PLA1 and PLA2, receive a balance workload via TCP/IP port sharing on z/OS. Each client IIOP request is ultimately passed over to one of the AORs, PJA6 or PJA7, where the EJB methods are executed.

Refer to Chapter 8, “System setup and scenario overview” on page 163 for further background on the overall system setup.

Figure 12-14 Workload-balanced EJB Client workload

The client code - a single invocationEach EJB Client instance runs in a command window and issues helpful diagnostic messages. A single complete run is shown in Example 12-5.

Example 12-5 EJB Client invocation

*tsbc.cmd*: Starting the EJB client program.Now starting a session with our TraderAgent using the user 'FRED1'.

EJBHelper::jndiLookup: Going to use nameserver: ldap://wtsc66oe.itso.ibm.com:1390EJBHelper::jndiLookup: Looking up home interface with JNDI name: ITSOCICS/PJXX/SQLJ/DistributedTraderAgentEJBHelper::jndiLookup: Using CICSNameSpaceHelper to do lookupQuerying the version of our TraderAgent:package itso.cics.cts22.trader.sqljAsking our TraderAgent for a list of all known companies:CASEY_IMPORT_EXPORTGLASS_AND_LUGENT_PLCHEADWORTH_ELECTRICALIBM

Note: The JNDI prefix for the EJB is ITSOCICS/PJXX/SQL.

IP port sharing

PJA6 PJA7

PLA1 PLA2

AOR AOR

AOR Xresettable=NO AOR Xresettable=YES

z/OS

EJB Client application


Selecting the last company as our current company...

The last company is named IBM, here are its details:The price per share in dollars = $164.0The total of outstanding shares = 1000 sharesThe total outstanding share value = $164000.0The price one day ago = $163.0The price two days ago = $162.0The price three days ago = $160.0The price four days ago = $161.0The price five days ago = $159.0The price six days ago = $156.0The price seven days ago = $157.0The cost to sell a share = $15.0The cost to buy a share = $10.0

The portfolio of FRED2 contains 834 shares in IBM worth $136776.0.

Selling 23 shares....

Buying 16 shares...

The portfolio of FRED2 now contains 841 shares in IBM worth $137924.0.*tsbc.cmd*: Finished.*tsbc.cmd*: Finished.C:\itsocts22\WLM_Batch_CMDs>

The Corba servers on PJA6We can examine the Corba server SQLX via the Web user interface View CorbaServer - General Information, shown in Figure 12-15 on page 318.


Figure 12-15 WUI view for SQLX CorbaServer - General Information

The Corba server JNDI screen for SQLXFrom the CorbaServer - General Information view there is a hyperlink to the “JNDI and shelf” Web user interface view, shown in Figure 12-16 on page 319.

Here we can see the JNDI prefix that associates this CorbaServer with the EJB lookup request made by the client in the application.


Figure 12-16 WUI view for SQLX CorbaServer - JNDI and shelf

The enterprise beans in Corba server view for SQLXFrom the CorbaServer - General Information view there is a hyperlink to the “Enterprise Beans in CorbaServer” Web user interface view, shown in Figure 12-16.


Figure 12-17 WUI view for SQLX CorbaServer - Enterprise bean in CorbaServer

12.4.2 Monitoring the AORs for EJBs with Xresettable=YESFor the purposes of this scenario, we need to have threshold group JVM_reset_YES installed into the scope of both AOR regions SCSCPJA6 and SCSCPJA7.

Figure 12-18 on page 321 shows JVM-related events for AORs PJA6 and PJA7 on the GUI Event Monitor. The scope is set to group CSGALL, so we can also see other miscellaneous events outstanding on the CICSplex. This illustrates CICS PM in action when viewing multiple CICS regions. Subsequent screen shots in this scenario will focus the scope onto PJA6 and PJA7 only.

This screen shot was taken following the first Event Monitor auto-refresh, after the EJB workload was started. During the JVM create and initialization period, we can again see that JVM initialization time is high, causing the TMRJVMIT Event to fire on both systems for each of the ten available JVMs.

Note: The definitions installed for the previous scenario are already as required, and so threshold group JVM_reset_YES simply had to be installed into scope SCSCPJA7.


Figure 12-18 EJBs starting up with uninitialized JVMs

The next screen shot, Figure 12-19 on page 322, was taken after a few minutes have elapsed. The workload on both systems is settling down and the backlog has fallen significantly. We can see that due to the constraint of the number of JVMs, we are getting closer to the CICS PA-based threshold values.

When the EJB workload was left to run significantly longer, the number of events firing due to initialization, suspend, dispatch, and delay became minimal.


Figure 12-19 EJBs once the engine is running

With the EJB workload running well, we hyperlinked over to the JVM pool Web user interface view shown in Figure 12-20 on page 323. This shows that all five available JVMs are up and running, trying to satisfy the workload.

The JVM statistics show that we have a high rate of reuse. The 14 mismatched requests are residual from earlier test runs.


Figure 12-20 Hyperlink to WUI from JVMPOOL limit event

Complexity of Java workloadLooking a the “Number of JVM program requests” in ratio to “Number of JVM requests with JVM reuse” reflects the proportion of Java code being executed in the CICS transaction workload.

For example, the JCICS workload, which is essentially a “thin” Java wrapper around a real CICS API call, shows a ratio of 3371/748, which is approximately 4.5. Compare this to the EJB workload, which involves the execution of significantly more Java code. We can see this reflected in the ratio of 83258/753, approximately 111.5.


12.4.3 Resettable events and JVM pool phaseoutFor the purposes of this scenario, we continue with threshold group JVM_reset_YES installed into the scope of regions SCSCPJA6 and SCSCPJA7.

The most expensive event that can occur for an established reusable JVM is a “resettable event”. This means that a user application has executed code that may have altered a state that the JVM cannot guarantee to reset.

An example of a resettable event would be the calling of a native method from the user application. A native method is an unknown quantity to the JVM; it could do practically anything that may affect a subsequent transaction executing of the same Java program. As the JVM cannot then guarantee a subsequent “clean” run, it marks the JVM for termination.

The resettable event takes that JVM TCB out of action while it is terminated. A new JVM is created and initialized. Meanwhile, a healthy workload may well be stalled by the temporary loss of a JVM from the pool, causing a backlog. The resettable event can cause much more of a problem than simply delaying the next transaction unlucky enough to be waiting for that JVM TCB.

Therefore, it is very useful to be able to identify JVMs that are being hit with resettable events. The first signature to look for is that of tasks suddenly hitting the Excessive JVM Initialization event, TMRJVMIT. Depending on the workload, this may well be followed by Excessive Elapsed JVM time events, JVMTIME and possibly JVM Excessive Dispatch Delay events, TMRJTDLY.

Also, if workload is unduly affected by resettable events, then this will show up in the statistics given by the Web user interface JVMPools view. The number of reused JVMs will be significantly lower than the number of JVM requests.

In this example, we show what would happen if all JVMs in one region suddenly hit a Resettable Event, by marking all of the JVMs for termination. This is a rather heavy-handed approach, but time did not permit us to engineer the EJB source code.

Figure 12-21 on page 325 shows the Event Monitor when an established EJB workload is running well across AORs PJA6 and PJA7. We do still have some events showing, but we have not attempted to fine tune our threshold definitions since setting them to the average values found by CICS PM. Therefore, this is to be expected and is useful for the demonstrative purposes of the redbook.

Note: The definitions were already installed for the previous scenario.


Figure 12-21 Event Monitor showing AORs PJA6 and PJA7 running normally under EJB workload

We now take the extremely expensive action of terminating all of the JVMs on PJA6 by issuing CEMT SET JVMPOOL PHASEOUT on that region. The process of recreating and initializing the JVMs must be completed before the workload can continue to run.

The event monitor screen shot in Figure 12-22 on page 326 shows that PJA6 is badly affected while PJA7 continues to run reasonably well. We took out the JVMs from PJA6 by issuing CEMT SET JVMPOOL PHASEOUT. This is obviously an exaggerated demonstration of the effect a bad JVM application can have on a running system.


Figure 12-22 Event Monitor showing the effect of a JVM PHASEOUT on PJA6 under the EJB workload

12.5 Monitoring an IIOP Listener TCPIPSERVICECommunication between an EJB client and server takes place via IIOP over a TCP/IP connection. In this scenario we set up threshold definitions to monitor the status of the TCPIPService and whether the client workload is exceeding our connection capacity.

12.5.1 TCP/IP-related thresholdsFrom the TCPIPGBL and TCPIPS Resource Tables we chose the following attributes to provide some very basic monitoring for the IIOP workload:

Figure 12-23 on page 327 shows the threshold definition we created for the ACTSCOKETS attribute under the TCP/IP Resource of the Connectivity category.

Attribute Datatype Source Len Sum Description

ACTSOCKETS BIN INQ 4 AVG Active sockets

OPENSTATUS CVDAS INQ 4 LIKE TCP/IP Service Status


Figure 12-23 Connectivity/TCPIP threshold definition for the ACTSOCKETS attribute

Figure 12-24 shows the threshold definition we created for the OPENSTATUS attribute under the TCP/IP Services Resource of the Connectivity category.

Figure 12-24 Connectivity/TCPIP Services threshold definition for the OPENSTATUS attribute

12.5.2 IIOP Listener scenarioFor the IIOP Listener scenario, we used the same client workload and CICS regions as in the EJB workload scenario. However, in this case, monitoring was centered on the IIOP Listener regions PLA1 and PLA2 instead of the EJB servers PJA6 and PJA7. Refer to Figure 12-14 on page 316 for an illustration of the systems involved.

12.5.3 TCPIPSERVICE status scenarioTo illustrate the TCPIPSERVICE status event, we simply closed TCP/IP via CEMT. A TCPIPSERVICE could close due to external factors, for example problems with the TCP/IP address space. Figure 12-25 on page 328 shows the Event Monitor informing us that the TCPIPSERVICE concerned has entered a non-OPEN status.


Figure 12-25 Event monitor showing that the TCPIPSERVICE has closed

Linking through to the Web user interface view for TCP/IP Service P8083, we can see in Figure 12-26 on page 329 that the event was raised because the TCP/IP Service has a state of CLOSED.


Figure 12-26 WUI view of the TCP/IP service showing a status of CLOSED

Clearly, if a crucial business function is serviced over a TCP/IP connection, it is essential that the service remains OPEN, and early notification of such a problem is vital.

12.5.4 MAXSOCKETS condition scenarioUsing the EJB workload scenario, we modified the MAXSOCKETS TCP/IP parameter for IIOP Listener regions PLA1 and PLA2 to six. This allowed for one IIOP Listener socket plus five user/application sockets, one for each of the five JVMs (there were no other TCP/IP services active in these regions).

We then started 12 EJB clients on the workstation. At any one time there were only 10 sockets between the two listener regions available to the 12 clients trying to do EJB work.

When the client requests met with a MAXSOCKETS condition on the CICS side, it produced a CORBA COMM_FAILURE error.

If the user application had handled the communications exception and retried successfully, then it may not be so obvious that the failure had occurred. The end user may notice a response time problem.


CICS PM flagged the event showing that we were running at our maximum socket capability for the listener region. Figure 12-27 shows the event displayed on the Event Monitor.

Figure 12-27 Event monitor showing that both PLA1 and PLA2 listener regions have hit MAXSOCKETS

Looking at the Web user interface view for the TCPIPService, we can see from the “Peak number of connections” field that we have been running at our limit of six sockets. This is shown below in Figure 12-28 on page 331.


Figure 12-28 WIU view showing that the Peak number of client connections has hit 5

Remember that one socket is accounted for by the IIOP socket listener transaction.

In order to relieve this symptom, we “tuned” the Maxsockets limit on each region TCP/IP resource, and updated the MAXSOCKETS SIT parameter.


12.6 ConclusionIn this chapter we considered different Java-based workloads running in CICS TS and looked at some monitoring options for JVM performance and TCP/IP connectivity. There is much to consider and appreciate about the workload itself when choosing suitable threshold definitions, and even more so when setting threshold values.

The JVM performance thresholds we considered are of most use when reliable historical data for the average timings of specific applications is available (such as that provided by the CICS Performance Analyzer reports) for the threshold values, and when the threshold groups can be organized in such a way that they can match the scope on the specific applications in the CICSplex.

In the TCP/IP scenario, we managed to set thresholds that could provide a high level notification of when potentially critical inbound connections were compromised, and when the TCP/IP configuration was inadequate for the user demand. The former could be very useful as an indication of current EJB traffic, but can also be applied to other TCPIPSERVICE-based connections such as CICS Web Services, CTG (connected using ECI over TCP/IP).

This exercise has been intended to simply be a starting point for JVM and TCP/IP monitoring. There are more attributes on offer in CICS PM to provide more sophisticated event monitoring for both JVM- and TCP/IP-related workloads.


Chapter 13. ISC scenario in CICS

In this chapter, we create thresholds to monitor the link of a CICS connection and create a scenario to exceed those thresholds. We discuss the definition of those thresholds and the meaning of the attributes.

13

Note: The scenario has been manufactured for the purpose of setting off the threshold alerts in CICS/PM, which entails setting CICS definitions and CICS PM thresholds to unrealistic levels.


13.1 Overview of the scenarioTo set the scene, we have an extremely critical connection from our CICS region to another system and we need to be notified when this connection has a problem. Our CICS region is SCSCMMA1 and the connection name is CICSW. We invoke transaction TRN1, which is a remote transaction on sysid CICSW that invokes TRN2.

For the purpose of this scenario, the number of sessions for the connection has been set to 1 and TRN2 invokes TRN1 back on SCSCMMA1 (no wonder we have a problem!!!).

For the thresholds we started with a clean CMAS repository, that is, with only the CMZBASE thresholds but these were not installed into SCSCMMA1.

13.1.1 Creating a threshold groupWe created a new group called ISCGROUP by selecting the Threshold Definitions tab on the bottom left and then the Thresholds Group drop-down menu, and click New; see Figure 13-1.

Figure 13-1 Create a new threshold group

You will then be prompted to enter a threshold group name. Type your selected name. There is no uppercase translation, so decide if you wish your group name to remain lower or upper case.

Your new group name will appear in the left column. We chose to call ours ISCGROUP as shown in Figure 13-2 on page 335.


Figure 13-2 Our threshold group has been created

13.1.2 Add thresholds to groupNext we need to add the thresholds to the group. In our scenario we want the thresholds set in the “connectivity” resource, so by clicking the “+” for connectivity we will get an expanded view of selectable resources, as shown in Figure 13-3 on page 336.

Chapter 13. ISC scenario in CICS 335

Figure 13-3 Expanded resources

From this expanded selection we need to highlight the ISC & MRO resource. This will not show anything at this time as we have yet to create a definition. Select the Thresholds drop-down menu and then click New, as shown in Figure 13-4 on page 337.


.

Figure 13-4 Create a new threshold

By clicking New we get a selection panel to set up our threshold, as shown in Figure 13-5 on page 338.

As you can see, we have seven fields to fill. The first thing to do is to select the ATTRIBUTE because anything entered in any field will be cleared once the attribute has been selected. For a list of the attributes and their meaning, we need to find the CPSM resource table name associated with the resource name. Refer to the CICS Performance Monitor User’s Guide, GC34-6194 to find this. In our case the CICSPlex SM resource table name for ISC & MRO is CONNECT. Once we have this we need to look in the CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027 to find the connect resource table.

Note: Select the attribute before typing anything else as all fields are cleared when the attribute is selected.


Figure 13-5 Threshold definition

13.1.3 The Attribute fieldSo in our scenario, we need to select CONNSTATUS. This is done by selecting the drop-down menu in the Attribute field which will show all the possible attributes that can be selected. In Figure 13-6 we show the drop-down menu.

Figure 13-6 CONNSTATUS attribute


13.1.4 Operator, Eval Data fields and event severityOnce you have selected the attribute, the fields Operator and Eval Data change to reflect the attribute status. Because we want to monitor connection CICW, we type CICW in the Resource identifier field and a description of the threshold in the following field. The description can be up to 30 characters long and is displayed if the alert is triggered. The sample field is the frequency of monitoring. The default is 60 seconds but we set it to 30 seconds.

As previously mentioned, the Operator and Eval Data fields are changed by the attribute. For the CONNSTATUS attribute the operator is either EQ (Equal to) or NE (Not equal to). We chose the NE operator. The Eval Data is selected from the drop-down menu and consists of the valid status conditions you would find for a connection if you were using CEMT. We said ACQUIRED.

The last field is the Event Severity field specifying the severity of the warning. The warnings are High Warning, High Severe and Very High Severe. We are going to choose VHS as this connection is critical to our business. So now we are ready to create a threshold that has the following attributes: We want to monitor connection CICW every 30 seconds and a very high severity alert if it is not acquired.

Figure 13-7 shows what our threshold looks like prior to saving and installing it.

Figure 13-7 Setting up the threshold

13.1.5 Save and installOnce the threshold data has been entered and verified for accuracy, we need to first save it and then install it.


Click Save located at the bottom right of the screen. The bold line around the threshold details will change to a thin line once the threshold has been saved. We then need to install it to the CICS region.

Once Install has been clicked, a menu appears in the left top corner enabling you to expand down to the CICS region. The install is completed by clicking on the CICS region. Figure 13-8 shows the panel once Install has been clicked and the levels broken down to CICS regions. Highlight the desired CICS region and click OK.

Figure 13-8 The install

13.1.6 Setting up other thresholdsAnother threshold we would like to set up is for the number of queued allocations for our sessions, so we went through 13.1.2, “Add thresholds to group” on page 335 to 13.1.5, “Save and install” on page 339, selecting an attribute of QUEDALLOCATE. We want to be alerted on connection CICW queued allocates greater than 1 with an HS warning.

In addition, we would like to know of any outstanding AIDS for this connection with a HW warning.

After all our thresholds have been set they can be seen under the Installed Thresholds tab in Figure 13-9 on page 341.


Figure 13-9 Installed thresholds

13.2 Problems

13.2.1 Dealing with the first problemThe first thing we see is a red alert on the status panel as seen in Figure 13-10 on page 342.


Figure 13-10 A VHS warning

So we need to resolve the problem. We do this by double-clicking the identifier, which starts a CICSPlex SM Web user interface session as shown in Figure 13-11 on page 343.

We can see from this display that the connection is released. If we now select the record and then click Acquire, we receive a confirmation screen asking if we wish to proceed, to which we obviously reply yes, and the connection is reestablished and the CICS/PM warning is resolved at the next interval.


Figure 13-11 WUI session started

13.2.2 Our next problemThe connection has been restored but we now have another problem, shown in Figure 13-12 on page 344. Here we have two warnings: HW for AIDS and HS for the queued allocates.


Figure 13-12 Problem alerts

We would normally deal with the highest severity problem first, so if we double-click the identifier for the queued allocates, a session with the CICSPlex SM Web user interface is started as shown in Figure 13-13 on page 345.


Figure 13-13 Wui session for queued allocation

As can be seen on this screen, we have an allocation queue depth of 1, which is how we set our threshold up in 13.1.6, “Setting up other thresholds” on page 340.

If we now click the connection link, it expands our view further and we can scroll down to the relevant statistics; see Figure 13-14 on page 346.


Figure 13-14 Expanded view of the connection

So this confirms that we have a problem with the number of allocations requested.

We could now look at the transactions running in our CICS region. To do this we select Activity -> Tasks. We are then presented with the tasks currently running in the system, shown in Figure 13-15 on page 347.


Figure 13-15 Transaction list

We can see that we have a terminal sitting on a ZCIOWAIT. We could investigate this further by selecting one of the blue underlined links, but as this is a fabricated problem it will not show us very much.

We were given permission from the user and support team to purge the tasks, so we then click the Select record box for both tasks. Having selected the tasks, we can click Force Purge and reply Yes to all.

If we then select Refresh, we should find that our tasks have gone, and when we go back to our CICS/PM client, we see that the warnings have also gone; see Figure 13-16 on page 348.


Figure 13-16 Problem has cleared up

This may be a unique problem due to the sudden usage of transaction TRN1, or it could be a recurring problem that normally gets resolved by other means. To investigate further we would use CICS/PA to find the answer.

13.3 ConclusionWe have created problems and shown how, through CICS/PM and the link to the Web user interface, we can investigate and correct them.

We attempted to show how easy it would be to set up a few simple thresholds to monitor your CICS connections through CICS/PM. The thresholds we chose are fairly basic but these can be expanded upon, once you have experience with the product. A number of thresholds are available, but some will be static information, that is, things that will not change unless the connection attributes are changed, and therefore perhaps not what you would set thresholds on. You would use CICS/PA statistical data to initially establish what your thresholds should be.

Ideally, once a problem has been highlighted, you would run CICS/PA reports to determine if there is a history of the problem, a trend building towards a problem, or if it is just a unique problem.


Related publications

The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this redbook.

IBM RedbooksFor information on ordering these publications, see “How to get IBM Redbooks” on page 349.

� IBM CICS Performance Analyzer V1.2, SG24-6882

� DB2 for z/OS and OS/390 Version 7 Selected Performance Topics, SG24-6894

� Enterprise JavaBeans for z/OS and OS/390 CICS Transaction Server V2.2, SG24-6284

� CICS Transaction Gateway V5 The WebSphere Connector for CICS, SG24-6133

Other resourcesThese publications are also relevant as further information sources:


� CICS System Definition Guide, SC33-1682

� CICS Transaction Server Installation Guide, GC34-5985

� CICS Performance Monitor User’s Guide, GC34-6194

� z/OS Security Server RACF Security Administrator’s Guide, SA22-7683

� CICSPlex System Manager Resource Tables Reference, SC34-6027

� CICSPlex SM Administration, SC34-6019

� CICS RACF Security Guide, SC34-6011

� CICS Supplied Transactions, SC34-5992


� Java Applications in CICS, SC34-6000

� CICSPlex SM Web User Interface Guide, SC34-6018

How to get IBM RedbooksYou can order hardcopy Redbooks, as well as view, download, or search for Redbooks at the following Web site:

ibm.com/redbooks

You can also download additional materials (code samples or diskette/CD-ROM images) from that site.

IBM Redbooks collectionsRedbooks are also available on CD-ROMs. Click the CD-ROMs button on the Redbooks Web site for information about all the CD-ROMs offered, as well as updates and formats.


http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/



Index

AAbend codes

AEY9 230AZI6 230

abends 185Adding libraries to your regions 55AIDS 340AOR 171APAR

OW44393 22PQ34321 302PQ63141 6PQ63143 6PQ63527 5

attribute field 338

BBatch update Utility

CMZBATCH 41BBACTDEF 36BBVDEF 36Business Transaction Services (BTS) 5

CCEDF 251CEDF transaction 141, 250CEMT 113

CEMT DISCARD 113CEMT SET 132INQUIRE DB2CONN 217INQUIRE DB2ENTRY 219, 221Perform Stat Res 269SET JVM PHASEOUT 313SET JVMPOOL PHASEOUT 325

CICS and DB2 210CICS DB2 attachment tuning overview. 213DB2Entry verses running in the pool 214Overview of the CICS DB2 Attachment Facility 210Protected verses unprotected threads 214Thread re-use and thread waits 214

CICS and Java 302CICS Connection threshold exceeded 168CICS DB2 Attachment Facility 210CICS DB2 attachment tuning 209CICS dispatcher 6CICS Dynamic Storage Area (CDSA 274CICS Dynamic Storage Areas 134CICS GTF data 9CICS Interdependency Analyzer 8CICS Monitoring Facility

transaction resource class data 9CICS Online Transmission Time Optimizer 8CICS OTTO 8

© Copyright IBM Corp. 2003. All rights reserved.

CICS PA 7Analyze CICS application performance 7Evaluate the effects of CICS system tuning efforts 7Improve CICS resource usage 7Improve transaction response time 7Provide awareness of usage trends, assisting with fu-ture growth estimates 7Provide ongoing system management and measure-ment reports 7

CICS PA threshold monitoring 226CICS Performance Analyzer

benefits 7comparison with CICS PM 8

CICS Performance Minitor Threshold definition compo-nent

Resources pane 102CICS Performance Monitor 6

benefits 7CICS PM Architecture 12CICS PM DB2 thresholds 215CICS PM GUI application 15CICS PM initial screen 76CICS PM window navigation 78CMZSRVIP TCPIPSERVICE 22comparison with CICS PA 8DB2 Connection thresholds and alerts 216DB2 Entries thresholds and alerts 218DB2 Trans thresholds and alerts 220Download the CICS PM workstation client 68Event log 18Event monitor 16Install the CICS PM workstation client 69Installed Threshold Definitions 20Resource summary 17server component 6TCP/IP-related thresholds 326Threshold definitions 18Threshold Groups 19Topology 16workstation client 6Workstation client components 78XTASK thresholds and alerts 225

CICS PM Architecture 12CICS PM Client Installation 67CICS PM DB2 thresholds 209CICS PM Event monitor fields 80

Attribute 94Collapse All 83Current Value 94Default Selection 84Event 93Expand All 84Expand to Events 84Filter by Region 96Filter by Resource 96

351

Identifier 93Launch WUI 84Operator 94Priority 94Reference Value 94Refresh 83Region 93Resource 93Show OK Icon 84Show Regions 84Time 94

CICS PM Event monitor windowevent list pane 92Regions histories view 88Resources summary view 85status pane 85topology pane 82

CICS PM Event monitoring component 80CICS PM GUI application 15CICS PM installation

Post SMP/E install and configuration 24Server software pre-reqs 22Workstation pre-reqs 23

CICS PM server 22CICS PM Threshold definition component 98

Threshold definition groups 98Threshold Groups pane 99

CICS PM Threshold fields 98Copy 101Cut 101Discard Changes 102Expand all 104Expand To Definitions 104Install 102Name 98Paste 101Resource ID 107Select All 104Sort by 106

CICS PM Web user interface main menu 122CICS pseudo-conversational programming 303CICS Region low in free space in a dynamic storgage area 168CICS Regions Views 126CICS Resources 19CICS SPI Inquire 216CICS storage (DSA and subpool usage) 6CICS subpools 275CICS SVC 39, 50CICS Tools 4

CICS Interdependency Analyzer 4, 8CICS Online Transmission Time Optimizer 4, 8CICS Performance Analyzer 4CICS Performance Monitor 4

CICS Transaction Gateway 165CICS TS 274

CICS DSA (CDSA) 274CICS dynamic storage areas 274CICS subpools 275extended CICS DSA (ECDSA) 275

extended read-only DSA (ERDSA) 274extended shared DSA (ESDSA) 275extended user DSA (EUDSA) 274read-only DSA (RDSA) 274shared DSA (SDSA) 274user DSA (UDSA) 274

CICS Web Support (CWS) 5CICS/TS 1.3 CSD upgrade program 32CICS/TS 2.2 CSD upgrade programs 32CICSplex creation 41CICSPlex SM 35

address space (CMAS) 13, 164Agent code 14CMAS SIT SYSIN parameters 38CMAS startup 40CMZBATCH 41CMZCMAS 36CMZCSDUG 31concepts for CICS PM 13CPSM components 13CPSM coordinating address space (CAS) 13CPSM CSD definitions 31CPSM datasets 29CPSM for CICS PM 14CPSM initialization parameters for the WUI 51CPSM installation overview 27CPSM Web User Interface address space (WUI) 13DFHCNV Code page conversion 48EYUDREP 14EYUPARM 38Local MAS 14MVS environment set up 29Remote MAS 14SCMZINST 29Starting the CAS 34Web user interface usage 122Web user interface View Editor 147WUI region datasets creation 46WUI region startup 53

client download 25CMAS SIT SYSIN parameters 39CMAS start up procedure 36CMZ00941 312CMZ13CSD 32CMZ62CSD 32CMZBase threshold definitions 114CMZBATCH 41

JCL 41job 45program 41sample 43

CMZBTCH input statements 63CMZCMAST 36CMZCSI13 38CMZCSI22 38CMZCVW$ 48CMZDEFDS 29CMZPMD15 146CMZPROC 33CMZUIPM 51


CMZWUIT 46COBOL 164Code - Time zone table 30Code page conversion 48COI0 175COIE 175CONL 175Coordinating address space (CAS) creation 33Corba Server SQLX 317COSD transaction 40COVC transaction 53, 64, 155COVI 64CPSM WUI initialization parameters for EYUPARM 51CSD definitions 56

DDB2 Connection drop 168DB2 entries 7DB2 Entry non-pool threads 219DB2 Threshold definitions 215DB2 transaction workload Entry vs Pool threads 262DB2 transaction workload lockout 168DB2 transaction workload using pool threads 168DB2 V5 210DB2 Version 7 210DB2Conn 213

COMthreadlim 213TCblimit 213THREADLimit 213

DB2CONN definition 216DB2CONWT field 226DB2ENTRY 218DB2Entry 213

PROtectnum 213THREADLimit 213THREADWait 213

DB2Entry definition 213DB2RDYQW field 226DB2REQCT field 226DB2SS definition 223DB2THRD definition 221DB2TRN defintion 220DB2U transaction 237DEFINE language support 50DFH$JVM 308DFH$MOLS 5DFH0STAT 5DFHAPPL 5DFHAUPLE 49DFHAUXT 46DFHCNV 48DFHCSD 27DFHCSDUP 31DFHDEFDS 46DFHDMP 27DFHINTRA 27DFHLOG 199DFHRPL 14DFHSIP 36DFHSTUP 5

DFHTERMC 39DFJ$JTS1 308Domain Subpools in CDSA 136DSNC transaction 212Dynamic Storage Area Limit (DSALIM) 274Dynamic transaction routing 164

EECI interface 165ECI over TCP/IP 165, 332ECIRequest 166EJB application on resettable JVM with a resettable event or JVM phaseout 169EJB application with Xresettable=YES 169EJB Client 316ENQ Pools 187Enqueue file problems 168Enqueue pools 6Enterprise JavaBean

definition 302entity bean 303session beans 302

Environment Services System Services (ESSS) 13EPI interface 165ESM 158ESSS 15Event log 18Event Monitor auto-refresh 320Event Monitor log 18

Resource Identifier 18Resource Type 18

Event Monitor window 16Event Severity field 339Event views panel 142EXCI interface 165EXEC CICS

LINK 302START TRANSACTION 302

EXEC CICS SET command 274EXEC CICS SET MONITOR STATUS(ON) 9Extended CICS Dynamic Storage Areas (ECDSA) 274Extended Dynamic Storage Area Limit (EDSALIM) 274EYU953G0 32EYU953G1 32EYU953GW 32EYU962G0 32EYU962G1 32EYU9XDUT 30EYU9XECS 36EYU9XLOP 165EYUDREP 36EYULOG 36EYUPARM 36EYUTSODS 41

FFCPSWAIT 183FCSRSUSP 183FEPI connections 139

Index 353

FTP download 68

Ggateways 165Generalized Trace Facility 9GUI Interface 75

HHardware 23HTML 3.2 24HTTP 1.0 24HTTP cookie support 24HTTP proxy 157HTTP-based protocol 22hyperlinks 15, 18, 176Hypertext link 121

IIBM_CMZMENU

primary menu 122IEASYSxx 29IEFSSNxx 34IIOP 165Import the CICS PM threshold 61Import the CICS PM threshold definitions into your CMAS repository 63IND$FILE GET 69Independent Software Vendors (ISVs) 4INITPARM 50Installation of CICSPlex SM 27Installation Worksheet 27Installed threshold definition

Topology pane 112Installed threshold definition window 112Installed threshold definitions pane 113Installed threshold defintion

Resources pane 112Interactive Problem Control System (IPCS) 9IPL 34

JJava 1.0.2 classes 24Javascript 1.1 scripts 24JCICS 302

Enterprise JavaBeans 302Java language programs in CICS 302JCICS workload scenario 308

JCICS application on non-resettable JVM 168JCICS application on resettable JVM 169JCICS workload 308JDBC support in CICS 302JNDI API 164Job userid 30Journals 7JVM 303

JVM performance 303Threshold Values 303

JVM pool 6

JVMPROFILECLASSPATH 309JVMPROPS 309Xresettable 309

LLanguage support 50LDAP server 164Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) 164LMAS parameters 56LMAS regions 32LMAS restart 57Logstreams 7LSR pool string problems 168LU62 connections 139

MManaged Application System (MAS) creation 55Max Task problem 168Maximum Task (MXT) 274MAXOPENTCBS parameter 242MAXSOCKETS condition 329measurement criteria 4Microsoft Windows 2000 24Microsoft Windows NT 24Microsoft Windows XP 24Minimum WUI initialization parameters 52Monitoring an IIOP Listener TCPIPSERVICE 326MRO 164, 166MRO links 139MVS Log streams 195MVS systems 24

NNavigation Frame 124

OObject Transaction Service (OTS) 302Operating System 23

PParallel Sysplex 164PassTicket support 59, 61, 65performance objectives 4pool thread 212print preview 128PROGRAM definition 309PTF

UQ68396 6UQ68398 6UQ68400 6UQ68731 5UQ70905 6UQ70908 6UQ70913 6UW72529 22

PTFs 5


RRACF 22RAM 23RCT 222Recommended Maintenance 23Recovery manager, including UOW analysis 6Redbooks Web site 349

Contact us xiiRegion Shutdown options 131Required Maintenance 22Resettable events and JVM pool phaseout 324Resource filter 17Resource Management Facility 9Resource pane 112Resource summary 17Resources pane 102REXX 43REXX/370 runtime 43

SSample code page table 48sample parameters

web user interface initialization 52sampling interval 108SCMZINST 31SCMZINST library 41SCMZPROC 36SCMZSAMP 38SDFHAUTH 36Securing CICSPlex SM 58SEYUADEF 36SEYUAUTH 29, 36SEYULINK 29SEYULOAD 31SEYUVDEF library 36short on storage 168single system image (SSI) 12SIT parameters 32

AKPFREQ 201APPLID 56CPSMCONN 56DSALIM 135EDSALIM 274MAXJVMTCBS 309, 311MAXOPENTCBS 212MAXSOCKETS 331MXT 274SEC 50

SMF recordsCICS Monitoring Facility (110) 5DB2 Accounting (101) 5System Logger (88) 5

SMP/E 11SMS 31SQLJ support in CICS 302SRM 9STAT 215stateful session beans 303stateless CORBA objects 302

stateless session beans 302Statistics interfaces 216SYSID 29sysplex 14System initialization parameters 56System Logger 5System Logger problems 168System Management Facility 9

TTask subpools 288TCB 210TCP/IP connection status 169TCP/IP Maxsockets 169TCP/IP related thresholds 326TCPIPPORT 32TCPIPSERVICE status scenario 327Teleprocessing Network Simulator 164Temporary storage 6Temporary storage queues 7Terminal Emulation 68Terminal emulation download 69Terminals 7THREADLimit parameter 214THREADWAIT paremeter 214Threshold definition form field descriptions 107Threshold Definitions 20Threshold Definitions window

CICS Resources 99Threshold Groups 99Thresholds 99

Threshold definitions window 99Threshold groups 18

DB2ENTRY 218DB2SS 223DB2THRD 221DB2TRN 220Name 98XTASK 225

Threshold Groups menu selection 101Threshold Groups pane 99

System-supplied default group 100User-defined threshold group list 100

Thresholds 174CONNECTST 229CONNSTATUS 338JVMTIME 313MAXCCURSTR 174MAXJVMTCBS 311NQGCNQSW 174NUMSTRINGWT 174QUEDALLOCATE 340RWRITES 201SJGCURRJVMS 312, 314TFCWAIT 207TMRJVMIT 320TOTWAITREQ 174WSTRCCURCNT 174WSTRCNT 174

Thresholds pane 105

Index 355

Copy 106Cut 106Delete 106Deselect All 106New... 106Paste 106Select All 106Show All 106Sort by 106

Tivoli Decision Support for OS/390Accounting 10Availability 10Capacity planning 10Change and problem management 10Performance and tuning 10Service levels 10

Topology pane 112TOR 164TPNS 227Transaction classes 7Transaction manager 6Transactions 7Transient data 6Transient data queues 7

Uunit of work 189upgrade your Web user interface region 61upgrade your WUI region CSD with the CICS PM resourc-es 62

VView Editor 147View Menus 142view sets 147

creating your own 147VSAM Local Shared Resource 164VSAM Record Level Sharing 164VSAM RLS 165, 193VTAM APPLID 29VTAM buffers 9VTAM Generic Resource 164

WWeb user interface procedure 46Windows 2000 164Workstation client startup 76Workstation Web Browse 12WUI iniitialization parameters

DEFAULTMENU 52WUI initialization parameters 52

AUTOIMPORTTDQ 53DEFAULTCMASCTXT 52DEFAULTCONTEXT 52DEFAULTNAVIGATE 52DEFAULTSCOPE 53TCPIPHOSTNAME 53TCPIPPORT 53

XXTASK definition 225

Zz/OS 8

z/OS V2.2 CICSplex 209z/Series Tools Offerings 4ZCIOWAIT 347


(0.5” spine)0.475”<->0.873”

250 <-> 459 pages

IBM Tools: CICS Perform

ance Monitor V1.1

®

SG24-6922-00 ISBN 0738429295

INTERNATIONAL TECHNICALSUPPORTORGANIZATION

BUILDING TECHNICAL INFORMATION BASED ON PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE

IBM Redbooks are developed by the IBM International Technical Support Organization. Experts from IBM, Customers and Partners from around the world create timely technical information based on realistic scenarios. Specific recommendations are provided to help you implement IT solutions more effectively in your environment.

For more information:ibm.com/redbooks

IBM Tools:CICS PerformanceMonitor V1.1

Identify and resolve CICS response time problems

Install and customize CICSPlex SM and CICS PM

Overview of the CICSPlex SM Web user interface

This IBM® Redbook is primarily intended for CICS® Transaction Server V1.3 and V2.2 customers who plan to implement IBM CICS Performance Monitor. CICS PM is an online monitoring tool that provides real-time performance management, monitoring, and troubleshooting solutions for CICS TS. It enables you to detect performance problems early, identify causes, and change system and resource parameters to avoid problems.

The book starts with an overview of CICS-provided tools and utilities that help you gather and analyze performance data. We then introduce the CICS Performance Monitor, provide installation details, and look at the various interfaces: the GUI, followed by the WUI. Also detailed here is the installation procedure for CICSPlex® SM.

The second part of the book reviews a number of scenarios in which you would use this product to help diagnose a system problem. The scenarios cover the major CICS components and interfaces:

CICS-VSAM CICS-DB2 CICS-Java CICS Storage CICS ISC

Back cover

cics - ibm tools ; cics performance monitor v1.1 - ibm

Documents

cics tools

cics pm132

cics pmoverview

cics pm server

cics pm overview

cics performance analyzer51

cics performance monitoring

cics pm architecture122